Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have...

284

Transcript of Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have...

Page 1: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 2: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 3: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

BY THE SAM E AUTHOR .

AZIMUTH TA BLES FOR TH E HIGH ER DE CLI

NATIONS . (Limits of Declination 24° to

both inclusive . ) B etween the Parallels of Latitude0° and With E xamples of the Use of the

Tables in English and French . Royal 8vo . 78 . 6d .

ELEMENTARY PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. Withnumerous E xamples and E xamination Papers setat the Royal Naval C ollege in recent years . WithAnswers . 8vo . 53 .

PLANE AND SPHE RICAL TRIGONOMETRY. In

Three Parts , comprising those portions of the

subjects, theoretical and practical, Which are

required in the Final E xamination for Rank of

Lieutenant at Greenwich. 8vo . 83. 6d .

LONGMANS , GREEN, 85 CO . , 39 Paternoster R ow ,

London, New Y ork , Bombay , and Calcutta .

Page 4: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

P LAN E AND SP H E R I CAL

T R I G O N OM E T R Y

.IAT IZZRIHE jRAIRflS

H . B . GOODWIN,MA .

INSTRUCTOR, ROYAL NAVY

(PUBLIS H ED. UNDE R TH E S ANCTION O F TH E LORDS C OMM IS S IONERS OF

TH E ADM IRALTY. FOR US E IN TH E ROYAL NAVY)

o l

E IGHTH TflP RE §SION

L O N G M A N S , G R E E N , A N D 0 0 .

39 PATERNOSTE R ROW, LONDON

NEW YORK, B OMBAY , AND CALCUTTA1907

A l l r i g h t s r e se r v ed .

Page 5: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 6: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ZE RE FA CE

TH E FOURTH EDITION .

A S indicated in the original Preface , this , treatise in the first

instance was intended to “ serve as an introduction to the study

of Navigation and Nautical Astronomy for the junior officers

under training in E .M . Fleet .

Since,however, it has had the good fortune to secure a

somewhat more extended circulation , the Author takesn

advan

tage of the production of the fourth edition to largely supple

ment the number\

of examples , both theoretical and practical ,so that While more fully meeting the requirements of naval

students,the work may at the same time be rendered more

complete in itself, and therefore more available for general

purposes .

The new examples , to the number of nearly three hundred

and fifty, will be found in an Appendix at the end of the

volume . They have been selected from the papers set in

examinations held under the d irection of the Royal Naval

College during recent years, and Will,it is hoped

,afford a

sufficient field of exercise for the student in all branches of the

subject .

ROYA L NAVA L COLLEGESep tember 1893.

3 5 7 8 5 0

Page 7: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 8: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

P R E F A C E .

TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of

the junior officers of E .M . Fleet,in whose studies the subj ects

of Plane and . Spherical Trigonometry , forming , as they do, the

basis of the sciences of Navigation and Nautical Astronomy,

must necessarily oc‘cupy a very important place .

Since the establishment of the R oyal Naval College at

Greenwich a considerable advance has beenmade in the standard

of mathematical knowledge attained by the junior officers of the

Fleet,and for some time the need of a suitable treatise upon

Plane and Spherical Trigonometry has been making itself more

and more apparent .

The text-books in Trigonometry commonly used in the

Service of late years have been four in number,Viz. Hamblin

Smith ’s Plane Trigonometry,Todhunter’s Spherical Trigono

metry,Johnson

s Trigonometry (used.

on ‘ board H .M .S. B ri

tannia) , and Jeans’

Trigonom etry (used chiefly afiOat) .

The inconvenience Which must attend the use of so varied a

list of text-books is obvious,and

,to remedy this drawback

,in

the year 1884 the Lords Comm issioners of theAdmiralty Were

pleased to give their approval to th e preparation of the present

work.

The Author has endeavoured to include Within “ the compassof a single volum e as much of the mere théoretiéal

.portions of

Plane and Spherical Trigonometry as is required in the final

Page 9: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

viii PREFACE .

examination of acting sub-lieutenants at Greenwich,

and at

the same time not to lose sight of the special character which

must belong to a work intended for naval students,in whose case

the practical application of the logarithmic formulae must neces

sarily be of paramount importance .

The book is divided into three parts,the third of which is

devoted to the practical application of the various formulae

established in Parts I . and II .

In Part I .

,dealing with the theoretical portion of Plane

Trigonometry,the ground covered is practically identical with

the subject matter of the well-known manual of Hamblin

Smith,—a work which has during the last ten years proved of

great value as an elementary text-book .

Part II . contains as much of.

the theory of Spherical

Trigonometry as is necessary to establish the various relations

required in the solution of spherical triangles . This is a subject

which has generally been found to present special difficulties

to the young officer,because

,on account of the early age at

which he is compelled to give it his attention,he enters upon

its study with a much smaller amount of 1 nathen1 atical know

ledge than is possessed by those who take it up simply as

a branch of'

their general education . An efibrt has therefore

been made to exhibit the subj ect in its simplest form,and the

chief purpose of its study by naval offi cers,Viz. to serve as an

introduction - to the subject of Nantical Astronomy,has been

kept steadily in view .

Part III .

,the practical portion of the work

,consists

,to a

great extent,of the examples 1n the use of logarithm s andm the

solution of plane and spherical triangles , compiled by the late

Mr . H . W . Jeans formerly Mathematical Master at the R oyal

Naval College at Portsmouth . Jeans Trigonometry has been

in constant use in the R oyal Navyfor many years , and there

seems reason to believe that the collection of examples g iven in

that book has been found to answer satisfactorily the purposes

for which it was intended .

Page 10: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PREFACE . ix

The miscellaneous examples given at the end of Part III

as exercises in Practical Spherical Trigonometry,may perhaps

be considered to belong rather to the sciences of Navigation and

Nautical Astronomy ; but, as no collection of such examples is

to be found in any of the text-books in ordinary use afloat,the

importance of these problem s appears to j ustify their introduc

tion here .0

It will be observed that in the practical solution of triangles

the cumbrous verbal rules which,in the darker days of naval

education,were considered necessary

,have been discarded

,and

the particular process of computation has been deduced directly

from the appropriate formula in each case .

In obtaining the answers to the various practical problems

the ordinary custom has been followed of looking out logarithms

for the value given in the Tables which is nearest to the given

angle,that is

,in general

,to the nearest

The Author wishes to take this opportunity of thanking the

several friends who have been good enough to assist him with

criticism and suggestions . To the R ev . J . B . Harbord, Chaplainof the Fleet

,the R ev . J C . P . Aldous and the R ev . S . Kenab

,

of H .M .S . B ritannia,and the Rev . J L . R obinson , of the

Royal Naval College,his acknowledgments are especially due .

ROYAL NAVAL COLLE GE , GREENWICHMarch 1886.

Page 11: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 12: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

C ONTE NTS .

PART I

PLANE TR IGONOME TE Y .

I . ON MEASUREMENT , UNIT , RATIOI I . ON THE MEASUREMENT or ANGLE SIII . ON THE AP PLICATION OF ALGEBRAICAL SIGNSIV. ON THE TRIGONOMETRICAL RATIOSV. ON THE CHANGE S IN VALUE OF THE TRIGONOMETRICAL

RATIOSVI . ON THE RATIOS OF ANGLE S IN THE F IRST QUADRANTVII . ON THE RATIOS OF THE C OMPLEMENT AND SUPPLEME NTVIII . ON THE R ELATIONS BETWEEN THE TRIGONOMETRICAL

RATIOS FOR THE SAME ANGLETHE R u les or ANGLE S UNLIMITED IN MAGNITUDE

ON THE RATIOS OF THE SUM AND D IFFERENCE OF ANGLE SXI . ON THE RA '

rIos

'

FOR MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLE SON THE SOLU f

rIoiI OF TRIGONOMETRICAL E QUATIONSXIII . ON THE INVERSE N OTATIONXIV. ON LOGARITHMSXV. ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF LOGARITHMIC TABLE SXVI . ON THE F ORMULJE FOR THE SOLUTION or TRIANGLESXVII . T1113 SOLUTION OF R renr -ANGLED TRIANGLESXVIII . ON THE SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES OTHER THAN R IGHT

ANGLE DXIX. PROBLEMS ON THE SOLUTION OF TRIANGLESXX . OF TRIANGLES AND POLYGONS INSCRIBED IN C IRCLE S , &o.

ANSWE RS ro THE E XAMPLE S

Page 13: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

CONTENTS .

PART II .

SPH E R I CAL TR IGONOME TR Y .

C H A PTER

I . TH E GE OME TRY OF THE SPHE REII . ON CERTAIN PROPERTIES OF SPHE RICAL TRIANGLESIII . ON F ORMULZE CONNECTING FUNCTIONS or THE SIDE S AND

ANGLE S or A SPHE RICAL TRIANGLEIV. ON THE SOLUTION or OBLIQUE -ANGLED SPHE RICAL TRIANGLESV. ON THE SOLUTION or RIGHT-ANGLED SPHE RICAL TRIANGLESVI . ON THE SOLUTION or QUADRANTAL SPH E RICAL TRIANGLES

M ISCELLANEOUS E XAMPLE S

PART 111 .

P RACTIOAL TR IGGNOME TE Y .

P LANE AND SP H E RICAL .

I. ON THE METH OD or USIN G TABLES or LOGARITHMSII . TH E SOLUTION or R IGHT—ANGLE D PLANE TRIANGLE SIII. TH E SOLUTION or OBLIQ UE-ANGLE D PLANE TRIANGLE SIV . A RE AS or P LANE TRIANGLESV. TH E SOLUTION OF OBLI QUE-ANGLED SPH E RICAL TRIANGLE S

TH E SOLUTION or R IGHT-ANGLED SPH ERICAL TRIANGLE SVII . TH E SOLUTION OF Q UADRANTAL SPH E RI CAL TRIANGLE S

MISCE LLANE OUS EXAMPLE S IN P LANE TR IGONOME TRYMISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLE S IN SPH E RI CAL TRIGONOME TRYA NSWERS TO TH E E XAMPLE S

APPENDIX .

A COLLE CTION OF E XAM PLE S SELECTED FROM E XAMINATI ON PAPERSSET AT THE R OYAL NAVAL COLLE GE BETWEEN THE YE ARS1880—1893

A NSWERS TO THE EXAMPLE S

Page 14: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PART I .

P LAN E TR IGON OME TRY

Page 15: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 16: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

CHAPTER I .

ON MEASUREMENT, UNIT, “RATIO .

1. IN a subject dealing with concrete quantities,it is neces

sary to . fix upon standards of measurement,by reference to

which we may form definite conceptions of the magnitude of

those quantities. Thus,in such expressions as

‘a journey of

fifty miles,’

a reign of thirty years,

’ ‘a legacy of one thousand

pounds,

our notions of the distance , time , and value involved arederived from the several standards—one mile

,one year

,and one

pound respectively . We consider how many times each of thefixed measures is contained in the aggregate quantity whichwe have in view

,and thus arrive at its numerical m easure .

2.And since each standard measure contains itself once,its

measure is therefore represented by unity,and with reference to

that particular system of measurement it is termed a unit.

3. In trigonometry the systems of measurement with whichwe have to deal relate, firstly, to lines, and secondly, to angles .

4 . To measure a line AB , we fix upon a line of givenlength as a standard of linear measurement . Thus

,if AB con

tain the line p times, 19 is called the measure of AB ,and AB

,

is represented algebraically by the symbol p .

5. Two lines are called commensurable when such a line,or

unit of length,can be found that it is contained an exact num

ber of times in each . When this is not the case,the lines are

said to be incommensurable, and the comparison of their lengthscan only be expressed approximately by figures.

E xamp le 1 .

—'

What is the measure of 1} miles,when a

length of 4 feet is taken as the unit ?

11 miles x 1760 x 3 feet 7920 feet 1980 x 4 feet.2

B 2

Page 17: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

Therefore the measure of 1% m iles is 1980 .

E xamp le 2 .

—If 360 square feet be represented by thenumber 160

,what is the unit of linear measurement ?

The unit of area,that is

,the square area which has for its

side the unit of length, $28square feet 9 square feet .

Therefore the side of this area linear feet

linear feet,or 18 inches .

Examp le 3.-If 4 45 inches be the unit of length, find

”thevolume of a block of wood which is represented by the number32.

The unit of Volume, viz.

,the cube which has for its edge

the unit of length gx gx g ?98—9 cubic inches .

Therefore the volume of the cube representedby 32

x 82 cubic inches 2916 cubic inches .

EXAMPLES .—I .

1 . If 5 inches be the unit of length, by what number will

6 yards 4 inches be represented2 . If 8 furlongs be represented by the number 11, what is

the unit3. Find the measure of an acre when 11 yards is the unit of

linear measurement .4 . Find the measure of a yards when the unit is 1) feet .5 . A line referred to different units has measures 7 and 3

the first unit is 9 inches what is the other6 . A block of stone containing 3430 cubic inches is repre

Sented by the number 270 what is the unit of length

6. Thus it will be seen that in order to obtain the measure of

a given straight line , with reference to a given unit, we in reality

form a fraction,which has for its numerator the length of the

given straight line,and for its denominator the length of the

given unit ; a fraction which , when reduced to its lowest terms,

is not necessarily a proper fraction , but is sometimes a wholenumber

,and sometimes an improper fraction .

Page 19: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

6 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

noted by 20m ; find the ratio of the linear units made use of inthe two cases .

3. The length of the hypothenuse of a right-angleatriangleis 80 feet, and one of the sides incluaing the right angle is 64feet ; find the third side .

4 . Find approximately the diagonal of a rectangle,the sides

of Which are 7 feet and 5 feet respectively .

5 . ABC is an isosceles triangle,each of the equal sides

being 20 feet the length of the line which bisects the vertical

angle is 16 feet find the third side of the triangle .

6 . The area of a square is yards find approxi

mately the length of its diagonal .

7. If in an equilateral triangle the length of the perpendicular let fall from an angular point upon the opposite side be

a feet,what is the length of the side of the triangle

8 . A square‘

is inscribed in a circle ; find the ratio of theside of the square to the radius of the circle .

9 . The length of the chord of a circle is 8 feet,and its

distance from the centre is 3 feet ; find the length of the

diameter .

10. The radius of a circle is 1 foot ; find approximatelythe length of a chord which is 2 inches distant from the centre .

CHAPTER 11 .

ON THE MEASUREMENT or ANGLES .

9 . TH E student has been accustomed in geometry to the

definition of a plane'

rectilineal angle as the inclination of two

straight lines to one another,Which meet

,but are not in the

same straight line a definition which restricts the magnitude ofthe angle to angles less than two right angles. In trigonometrythis definition is extended

,and the conception of an angle is

derived from the revolution of a straight line round one end of

it,

'

whicli remains fixed.

Thus,let AOB

,COD be two straight lines intersecting at O

,

Page 20: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E MEASUREME NT OF ANGLES . 7_

andat right angles to each other,and let OP be a line free to

revolve round the point 0 .

The trigonometrical angle is measured by the angle movedthrough by this revolving line .

Thus let the line be supposed at first to coincide with GA,

and to move from right to left,or in a direction contrary to that

of the hands of a watch .

We have in the figure fourpositions of the revolving line

,

and the angle traced out,AOP

,

lies in the several cases withinthe following limits

(1) AOP is less than one

right angle .

(2) AOP is less than two

right angles,but greater than one

right angle .

(8) AOP is less than three , but greater than twoangles .

(4 ) AOP is less than four, but greater than three rightangles .

Since,after reaching the initial position 0A

,the revolution

of the line OP may be continued indefinitely , there are evidently no limits to the magnitude of the trigonometricalangle .

10 . It becomes necessary,as in the case of straight lines

,to

adopt suitable un1ts of measurement,which will enable us to

form an idea of the magnitude of a given angle .

11 . The most obvious method which suggests 1tself is totake for our unit a right angle

,or some fraction of a right

angle . Accordingly in what is known as the sexagesimal systema right angle is divided into 90 parts

,each of which is called a

degree,and the degree is subdivided into 60 smaller. parts called

minutes,while the minute also is divided into 60 seconds .

Degrees,minutes

,and seconds are thenrepresented respectively

by the symbols so that an angle is written as follows :76

°

18’

12 . We need not,however

,confine ourselves to the right

Page 21: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

8 ' PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

angle as the primary unit . Any angle whose value is invariablewill answer the purpose .

The method of measuring angles now to be described isknown as the system of circular measurement; and the unit to

which all angles are referred is the angle which at the centre of

anyc ircle is subtended by an are equal in length to the radiusof the circle .

If this angle is to be taken as the unit,its magnitude must

be shown to be invariable,whatever the size of the circle .

13. We shall first show that the circumferences. of circles vary

as their radii,that is, that if the radius of a circle be given, the

length of the‘ circumference may be found by multiplying the

radius by a certain constant quantity .

Let 0 and 0 be the centres of two circles.

Let AB and ab be the sides of regular polygons of n sidesinscribed in the circles . Let P be the perimeter of the polygoninscribed in the first circle

, p the perimeter of that inscribed inthe second circle

,and let 0

,c be the circumferences of the two

circles respectively .

Then the angles AOB,aob

,being each equal to

?

l-

bth part of

four right angles,are equal to one another.

Hence it is evident that the‘ two triangles are equiangular.Therefore their sides about the equal angles are proportionals .

The refore Q A : 0a AB ab

n AR n . ab ;

Page 22: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E MEASUREMENT OF‘

ANGLE S . 9

But when n is very large, the perimeters of the polygonsmay be regarded as equal to the circumferences of the circles .

Therefore O'

A 0a C c ;

or alternately OA 2 C 0a c.

14 . It is thus established that in any circle the circumferencebears a constant ratio to the radius of the circle . The fraction

,

circumferenceand

fradmstherefore

,which represents the ratio

,viz.

circumferencediameter

circles. The numerical value of this ratio is an incommensurablequantity5 but it has etermined approximately by various

therefore also the fraction is the same for all

methods: The fractio it is more

nearly expressed by‘

ahd its value to five places of'

deci

mals is 31 4 159 . The numerical value of this ratio is universallyexpressed by the symbol 7 .

The value of 71 may be roughly tested by actual measurement . Thus

,if we take a circular hoop of radius 8 5 inches

,and

a piece ‘

of string be drawn round the h0 0p, its length will befound to be very nearly 22 inches .

15 . Sincecwcamference

7r. it follows thatdwmeter

circumference f

: 271-72

1Therefore the arc of a quadrant

12w-fr

EXAMPLES .—III .

(In: these examp les the value of W' may be taken as 2

7

g.)

1. The diameter of a coin is l é inches ; find the length of itscircumference .

2 . The wheel of a bicycle makes 110 revolutions in a quarterof a mile ; find the diam eter of the wheel .

3. T-he'

minute hand of a watch is ' 6 inch in length ; inwhat time Will the extremity travel one inch

4 . How many inches of wire would be necessary to make a

Page 23: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

lO PLANE TE IGONOMETRY .

figure consisting of a circle of diameter one inch,with a square

inscribed in it5 . The barrel of a

rifie is inches in circumference ;find the radius of a spherical" bullet which will just fit the

barrel .6 . A person who can run a mile in 5 minute s run s round a

circular field in'

lm 253 find the diameter of the field.

16 . To show that the angle subtended at the centre of a circle

by an are equa l in length to the radius is an invariable angle.

Let 0 be the centre of the circle whose radius Q A z r .‘

A t 0 in the straight line AO make the angle AOG a rightangle

,and let AR be an are equal in length to the radius of

the circle .

Then since,by E uclid

,VI . 33

,

angles at the centre of a circlehave to one another the same ratioas the arcs upon which they stand

,

angle AOB arc AB 7°

angle AOG arc AO w

2

Therefore the angle

AGE —3 angle AOG,0r

_

two nght angles

7T 77

Now 7r, as we have seen , is a quantity whose value does not

change .

Therefore the angle AOB has always the same magnitude,

whatever be the value of the radius 0A ,so that this angle

may properly be adopted as the unit in a sy stem of measurement .

17 . To show that the circular measure of an angle is the ratio

of the are on which it stands to the radius of the circle .

Thus,let AR be an arc equal to r

,the radius of the circle .

Let AO be an arc,of length l, subtending an angle AOG at

the centre .

Page 24: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

0 1: TH E mmsusm n'

r or ANGLES . 1 1

Then,by E uclid, VI . 33

,

angle AOG arc AO l

angle AOB arc A H r

lAOB

fr

since ACE is unity .

The fract ion 5- is called the7

Therefore AOG

circular measure of the angle

AOG,so that circular measure may be defined as follows

The circular measure of an angk is the fraction which has

for its namerahyr the length of the arc subtended by the angle at

the centre of any circle,and for its denominatm the radius of the

same circle .

In the case of a right angle,since

,as has been shown

,the

arc of a quadrant is7

,the fraction

?

l

.

becomes g.

The circular measure of a right angle is therefore71

that the circular measure of two right angles,or is 7r.

18 . We shal l proceed to investigate methods of convertingthe measure of an angle from one system to the other.

Thus let D be the number of degrees in an angle ; it is

required to find its circular measure cc.

Since 7r is the circular measure of and since,whatever

be the system of measurement, the values which represent two

angles must have the same ratio to one another in each system,

we'

obtain the equat ion

:e D

77.

Again,when 0, the circular measure , is given , and it is te

quired to find the number of degrees .

Let y be the number required ; then

U 9 ; therefore y Q 18071180 7:

To obtain the number of degrees in the unit of circular

0; therefore a: ‘

1—182077

Page 25: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

l 2 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

measure,i.e . in the angle which at the centre of any circle sub

tends an are equal in length to the radius,we have only to

substitute unity for 9 in equation

Thus,y 180

7T

If we remember this value,we can at once realise in degrees,

&c .,the value of an angle given in circular measure .

Thus,suppose the circular measure to be 1 ; its value in

degrees is or and so on .

ExAMPLEs .—IV .

1 . Express in degrees,&c .

,the

angles whose circularmeasures are

1 8 11 7: W 17(1) a s <3)

16; (4) 5 ; (mgs (6) l—é

—m2 . Express in circular measure the following angles

(1) 80°

(2) 75°

(8) 4 20°

(4) the angle of an equilateral triangle .

3. If the unit of angular measurement be one- sixth partof a right angle

,by what number would an angle of 100° be

expressed4 . What must be the unit of measurement when three

fourths of a right angle is expressed by the number 95 . A h isosceles triangle has each of the angles at the base

four times the vertical angle ; express each of the angles in

circular measure .6 . If a right angle be taken as the unit of measurement,

what is the measure of the angle which , at the centre of a circle,subtends an arc equal in length to the radius

7. The angles of a triangle are in arithmetical progression ;Show that one of them must be

8 . If the unit be the angle subtended at the centre of a

circle by an arc equal in length to twice the radius,by what

number would three right angles be represented9 . One

‘angle of a triangle is and the w circular measure

of another is 1 5 find the circular measure of the third angle .

10 . The angle s of a triangle,in ascending order of magni

Page 27: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

I4 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

tion may be selected as

'

the positive direction,provided that

when once made the selection is rigidly adhered to afterwards .20 . L et AOA’

,BOB

’ be two straight lines intersecting at

right angles in 0 .

Then if lines measured along 0A,

OB,be regarded as positive

,lines

measured alongOA’

,OB

,must be

considered negative .

This convention,as it is called

,

A is extended to lines parallel toAA

’and BB

as followsLines drawn parallel to AA ’

are considered positive when mea

sured to the right of BB ’

,and ne

gative when to the left of BB’

.

Lines drawn parallel to BB ’

are reckoned positive when measured upwards from AA’

,and

negative when measured downwards from AA’.

21 . We have seen in art . 9 that the angle in trigonometryis generated by the revolution of a straight line round one

extremity,which remains fixed.

Let OP be the revolving line,

and let us suppose that it is inthe initial position

,coinciding

with GA .

It is obvious that the straight

line may trace out angles in twoways

,according as it moves in

the direction of,or contrary to

,

the hands of a'

watch .

Let us therefore suppose therevolving line to have left the initial position

,and

,moving con»

trary to the hands of a watch, to have reached the position OP . .

It is the general custom to call this the positive direction.

But if the revolving line be supposed to move downwardsfrom CA until it reaches the position OP ’

,moving in the direc

tion of the hands of a watch,the angle AOP’

and all otherangles so traced out are considered negative angles .

Page 28: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E APPLICATION OF ALGEBRAICAL SIGNS . 15

22. Let the revolving line, moving in the~

positive direction,

come to rest in the position OP,haVing traced an angle of A

°

.

Afterwards let'us suppose the revolving line to move through

another angle of first in the positive,then in the negative direc

tion,

finally arriving at the positions OP ’

,OP” in the two cases.

Then

'

the angles AOP ’

,AOP”

are respectively (11+ and

(A these being the angles moved through by the revolving

line in the two cases .

CHAPTER IV.

ON TH E TRIGO

i

NOMETR ICAL RATIOS .

LET the line OP,leaving the initial position 0 A

,and re

round 0 in the positive direction , describe an angle AOP:

(2)

From P drop a perpendicular upon 0A ,the initial line

,or

upon 0A produced .

In fig. (1) the angledescribed 1s an acute angle, and 1s less

than one right angle .In fig . (2) it is greater than one right

angle, but less than

two right angles .In fig. (8) it is greater than two, but less than three right

angles .

Page 29: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

16 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

In fig. (4) it is greater than three, but less than four rightangles .In each case our construction gives us a right

~angled triangle POM

,which is called the triangle of reference.

And in this triangle the side PM is the perpendicular, OMthe base

,and OP the hypothenuse .

The ratios which these parts of the triangle POM bear toone another are of great importance in dealing with the angleAOP

,and . to each of these ratios accordingly a separate name

has been given .

24 . The pr1nc1pal ratios are six in number,as follows

In the triangle POM

gi

g, 9,W , is the sine of AOP .

OM baseOP hyfi henuse

PM perpendicularOM

base

OP hypothenusePM perpendicular

OP hypothenuseOM

’ base1s the secant of AOP.

OM basePM

’ perpendicular

is the cosine of AOP.

is the tangent of AOP .

is the cosecant of AOP.

is the cotangent of AOP.

To these may be added another function of the angle,viz.

the versine, which is the defect of the cosine from unity. Thusversine AOP : 1 cosine AOP .

The words sine,cosine

,&c . are abbreviated in practice,

the several ratios beingwrittenSin . A

,cos. A

,

'

tan . A ,cosec . A ,

sec. A,v cot. A, vers . A .

26 . The powers of the various ratios are expressed in the

following way(sin ; A )

2 is written sin .

2A

and so on for the other ratios .

[The’reader should carefully guard against ? confusing this

symbol with sin . 2A,the meaning ofwhich will appear furtheron ]

Page 30: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E TRIGONOME TRICAL RATIOS. 17

27.It should be noticed that the second three ratios defined

above are respectively the reciprocals of the three first given .

Thus

cosec . A

see . A

cot. A

28 . The trigonometrical ratios remain the same so long as the

angle is unchanged.

It has been explained that in Trigonometry an angle is

supposed to be traced by the re

volution of a straight line round

one of its extremities .

Let AOB be any'

angle .

Take points P ,P ' in OB ,

such that OP ' m OP .

Then we may suppose that

either OP or OP ’

,originally co

inciding with CA ,has traced the angle AOB .

From P,P ’ let fall perpendiculars PM

,P ’M ’ upon 0A .

Then the triangles POM ,P 'OM '

are equiangular, and there

fore similar .

Hence the sides of the triangles about the equal angles areproportional .

P 'M ’ m PM PMOP ’ m . OP OP

sm ' AOB

OM' m . OM OM

OP ’ m OP OP°°S ' AOB '

And similarly for the other functions of the angle AOB . So

that it is a matter of indifference whether we consider the angleAOB to belong to the triangle POM or to the triangle P ’OM'

.

In ,each case the values obtained for the several ratios will bethe same .

Page 31: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

CHAPTER V.

TO TRACE TH E CHANGES, IN SIGN AND MAGNITUDE OF TH E

DIFFERENT TRIGONOMETRICAL RATIOS OF AN ANGLE,AS TH E

ANGLE INCREASES FROM 0°

TO

29 . he r AA'

,BB

’ bisect each other at right angles at the

point 0 ,and let a line OP revolve in the positive direction round

the fixed point 0 ,so that its ex

tremity P traces the circumferenceof a circle .

Thus,as in art . 23

,if P

,P1 ,

P2,P3be the positions of P in

the first,second

,third

,and fourth

quadrants respectively,by drop

ping perpendiculars PN,PlNl ,

P,N, ,P3N3upon the initial line

,

we obtain in each case a triangleof reference

,from the sides of

which the geometrical representPN ON

(7P’

0 P’

And in accordance with the convention of the precedingchapter

,the lines PN

,PlNl ,&c .

,will be considered positive so

long as they are above the line AA ’

,and negative when below

that line .

Similarly the lines ON,ON &c: will be regarded as posi

tive when drawn to the right of BB’

, and negative when to theleft of that line .

The line OP1 is to be .

regarded as uniformly positive“

tions of the several ratios &c. may be derived .

Th tracethe changesin the sinex

of an

angle as the ahgte

increasesfrom 0°

to

Page 32: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON CHANGES IN VALUE OF TH E TRIGONOMETRICAL RATIOS . 19

Let A be the angle traced by the revolving line .

hypothenuse OP'

Now when OP coincides with GA , and the perpen

dicular PN vanishes .

Therefore sin . A

When the angle therefore is zero,so also is its sine . As

A increases from 0° to 90° PN is positive

,and continually

increases from 0 to OP .

Thus when A = 90°

sin . AOP

OP'

Hence in the first quadrant sin . A is positive , and continuallyincreases from 0 to 1 .

As A increases from 90° to 180° the perpendicular PN

remains positive,but decreases continually until when A = 180

°

PN again vanishes,and sin . In the second quadrant

therefore sin . A is positive,and decreases from 1 to 0 .

As A increases from 180°

to 270° the perpendicular PN

becomes negative in sign,but increases until on reaching 270

°

it coincides with OB ’

,so that sin . 270

° —1 .

Hence in the third quadrant sin . A is negative, and increasesnumerically from 0 to 1 .

1

As A increases from 270°

to 360°

PN remains negative in

sign,and decreases

,till on —reaching the initial line it again

vanishes .Thus in the fourth quadrant sin . A is negative, and de«

creases numerically from —1 to 0 .

31. TO trace the changes in the sign and magnitude of the‘

cosine

of an angle as the angle increasesfrom 0°

to

The same construction being made,we have

Cos . A

Page 33: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

2O PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

Proceeding in the manner of the preceding article,we have .

when the angle is OP coinciding with 0A .

0A1

0A

As the angle increases from 0°

to ON is positive,and con

tinually decreases until, when OP reaches OB,ON vanishes alto

gether . Hence cos .

Therefore in the first quadrant the cosine is positive,and

decreases from 1 to 0 .

By the same process the following results may easily be

establishedIn the second quadrant cos . A is negative

,and increases

numerically from 0 to —1 .

In the third quadrant cos. A is negative,and decreases

numerically from —1 to 0 .

In the fourth quadrant cos . A is positive,and increases from

0 to l .

32 . TO trace the changes in the sign and magnitude of thetangent as the angle increases from 0

°

to

Hence cos. 0°

It should be observed that in selecting the proper sign to beaffixed to the sine or cosine of a particular angle

,we have only

to consider what sign is due to the numerator of the fraction ineach instance . With regard to the tangent and cotangent thecase is otherwise

,forwith these ratios the sign belonging to both

the numerator and denominator has to be taken into account .When the angle is PN vanishes as before

,while ON is

equal to GA .

PN OATherefore tanON 0A

Therefore tan .

As A increases PN,the numerator

,is positive in sign

,and

increases until it ultimately coincides with OB . But ON,which

was originally equal to DA,decreases continually

,and eventually

vanishes ; so that since the numerator continually increases, whilethe denominator decreases

,the value of the fraction continues to

increase~unti1 upon the angle reaching 90°

Tan

Page 35: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

22 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY

34 . The following table exhibits the changes in the values

of the several ratios in a convenient form .

The‘

intermediate“columns show the sign possessed by the

particular ratio as the angle increases from one value to the

next higher in magnitu‘

de

35 . The following points may be noticed in connection withthe values assumed by the different ratios

The sine and cosine are never greater than unity .

The cosecant and secant are never less than unity .

The tangent and cotangent may have any values whateverfrom zero to infinity .

The trigonometrical ratios change sign in passing throughzero or infinity, and through no other values .

CHAPTER VI .

ON THE RATIOS OF CERTA IN ANGLES IN THE FIRST QUADRANT .

36 . WE have seen that the trigonometrical ratios , the sine,cosine, &c. are simply numerical quantities . They can be foundapproximately for all angles by methods which cannot be at

present explained . There are,however

,certain angles the

ratios of which can be determined in a simple manner . Arnongthese are the angles and

37. Tofind the trigonometrical ratios for an angle of

Page 36: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON RATIOS OF CERTAIN ANGLE S IN TH E FIRST QUADRANT . 23

Let OP,revolving from the position OA ,

describe an angleAOP

,equal to one-third of a

right angle,that is

,an angle

of

From P draw PM perpendi

cular to GA,and produce PM to

meet the circle in P ’

. Join OP’.

Then the two triangles 0PM,

OP’

M are equal in all respects .And the angle OP

M OPM ~

90° AOP 60

°

Thus the triangle OPP’ is equilateral .

Therefore PM 5PP’

éOP .

Let 2m be the measure of OP . Then m is the measure‘

o f

PM . And OM M4m2 m24/8m

2—J n.

10 PM m

Then s1n . 30OP 2m

OM V3 m V3

0 P 2 m 2

PM m 1

0M V3 m V3

whence also cosec . 30° 2,sec . 30

°

02—33,cot . 80° V3

38 . Tofind the trigonometrical ratios for an angle ofLet OP

,i'evolving from the position OA , describe an angle

AOP,equal to half a right

,angle,

that is,an angle of

DrawPMperpendicular toDA .

Then,since P OM

,GPM are

together equal to a right angle ,and POM is half a right angle,therefore 0PM also is half a right

Thus 0PM is equal to POM,

and PM equal to OM .

Let the measure of OM or PM be m .

Page 37: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

24 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

Then the measure of OP is 4/m°+m

2 V

PM on 1

O P yam es

OM m 1

Thus sin . 4 5°

. 45°

COSO P fi m fi

0 PM mtan . 445 P

m 1

and cosec . 4 5°

V2, sec . 4 5°

V2,cot . 45°

1 .

89 . Tofind the twigonometrioal ratios far an angle ofLet OP

,revolving from the

position OA,describe an angle

equal to two—thirds of a rightangle

,that is

,an angle of 60°

Draw PM perpendicular toA

0A,and join AP .

Because OP is equal to GA,

therefore the angle OAP is equalto the angle OPA .

But these two angles are to

gether equal to 120° therefore each is equal to and thetriangle AOP is equilateral .Hence 0A is bisected in M .

Let the measure of OM be m .

Then the measure of OP is 2m .

And the measure of PM is Q/4 mz—m 4/8m

2 M3m.

Th 60°

en em0 P 2777, 2

OM m 16cos 0

O P 2m 2’

PM V3m

OM m

and cosec . 60° sec . 60° 2

, cot . 60°

Page 38: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON RATIOS OF CERTA IN ANGLES IN TH E FIRST QUADRANT. 25

EXAMPLES . —V.

If A B = C D prove the following

relations

(1) Sin .

2 D cos.

2 D 1 .

(2) Cos.

2 B sin .

2 B 1 2 sin .

2 B .

(3) Sec .

2 B 1 tan .

2 B .

(4) S in . B tan . D tan . 0 sin . D 1 .

(5) 2 cos.

2 C tan .

2'

B cot .2 D sec .2 C cosec .2 O.

(6) Siiig 22:1

3 (sec . C tan .

(7) Sin . A sin . D cos. A cos . 0 2 B .

8 T .

2 B O

Q Dsin . A sin . D

an tancos.

2 B cos .

2D

CHAPTER VII .

ON TH E RATIOS OF TH E COMPLEMENT AND SUPPLEMENT .

40 . Def. Two angles are said to be the complements of eachother when their sum amounts to

Thus 60° is said to be the complement of and vice versa;

30° is the complement of 1

2; of g, and so ou .

41. To compare the trigonometmfcal t atios of an angle and its

complement.

Let AA ’

,BB

’be two diameters of a circle intersecting at

right angles in 0 .

Let a radius OP revolvingfrom GA trace out the angle

AOP A .

Next let the radius revolvefrom GA to OB and back again

Athrough an angle BOP ’ equal to A .

Then the angleAOP’= 90

°—A .

Draw PM,P

’M ’ perpendicularto CA .

Then the angle OP ’M ’ BOP’

A MOP .

Page 39: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

26 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY .

Therefore the triangles 0 PM ,OP

’M ’

,having one side and

L

two angles equal , are equal in all respects ; so that OW : PM,

and P’M

'

OM .

ThenP

’M ’OM

(i

t

Sin . (90 A.) SID . P OM W“

6 ?COS .

:MOP

cos . A .

OM, PMCos . (90 A) cos . P OM

OP’ EB

sm . A .

And similarly it may be shown that tan . (90° A

60 sec . (90°

A ) sec . A ,sec. (90

°

A ) cosec . A,

cot . (90° —‘

A ) tan . A .

42 . Def , Two angles are said to be the supplements of each

3other when their sum amounts to

Thus 150° is the supplement of2

3? is the

'

supplement of

To compare the tmgonometrieal

rratios of an angle and its supple

ment.

Let AA ’

,BB

’ be two diameters of a circle intersecting at

right angles in 0 .

Let the line OP,revolving from GA

,trace out an angle A .

Next let OP revolve from GA to OA’and back through an

angle equal to A ,coming to rest in the position OP ’

,so that

AOP’180

°

A .

Drop perpendicularsP M ,P

’M ’upon

\

AA’.

The two triangles POM,P

’OM

’are equal in all respects .

Thus PM P’M ’

,OM OM

’.

P’M ’ PM

Th f 1ere ore s1n 80 A )OP

’OP

sin A,

o OM ’OM

cos . (180 A)OP

’OP

cos. A .

Again tan . (180°—A ) z: tan . A ; and in the same manner

the other ratios may be compared .

Page 40: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E RATIOS OF TH E COMPLEMENT AND SUPPLEMENT . 27

. 43. To compare the trigonometrical ratios of the . angle

(90°

A ) with those of A .

Let AA ’

,BB

’ be two diameters of a circle intersecting at

right angles in 0 .

Let OP ,revolving from GA

,

move to OP , describing an

angle A .

Let OP then continue to revolve until after passing OB the

angle BOP ]

A .

Then AOP’90

°A .

Drop perpendiculars PM,

P’M ’ upon AA ’

.

In the triangle P ’

OM’ the

angle OP ’M ’: P

’OB = A

,and

the two triangles POM,P

OM ’are equal 1n all respects .

Thus OM ’: PM

,P

M ’: OM .

P’M

OMf 90

° Arl here ore sm

OP’

OPcos A

,

o OM ’- PM

cos. (90 A )OP OP

—s1n . A .

Thus tan . (90°

A) cot . A,and similarly the other

ratios may be compared .

44 . By processe s similar to those already given the ratios of

the angles (180°

A ) and A ) may be compared with those

of the angle A ,and will be found to be as follows

Sin . (180°

A ) sin . A ; sm .A ) —sin . A ;

cos. (180°

A ) cos. A ; cos. A ) cos. A ;

tan . (180°

A ) tan . A ;'

tan . A ) —tan . A .

EXAMPLES .—VI .

1 . Write down the complements of the following angles

(1) 27°

37’4 8

(2) 50°

16’

(3)

(4) —37° (5) g (e)

Page 41: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

28 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY .

2 . Write down the supplements of the following angles

(1) 79°

36’

(2) 101°

19’

(3)

(4) (5)2

g. (6)7

;

3. Reduce to simpler forms the following equations

<1> (s

(2) sin . (5 a cos . (71' A ) cosec . (7: A) .

(3) sin . (71 —w) cos . (7T B )

A ) sec . (71 B)

cosec . (g—A)

CHAPTER VIII .

ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN TH E TRIGONOMETRICAL RATIOSFOR TH E SAME ANGLE .

45 . THE principal trigonometrical ratios,as defined in art .

24,are six in number

,viz. the sine

,cosine

,tangent

,cosecant

,

secant,and cotangent .

Three of these,as already pointed out

,are the reciprocals of

the other three thus

1 1 1Cosec . A

sin .Asec . A

cos.Acot . A

tan .A

By means of these relations, and others now to be established,any one of the ratios may be expressed in terms of each of theothers .

46 .

Let AOP represent any angle A traced out by therevolution of OP round one extremity O,

and let a perpendicular

Page 43: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

30 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

46a. Weshall '

now give a few examples of what are knownas identities . ’

An identity is an expression which states inthe form of an equation certain relations 1between the functions

of angles,these relations being true whatever magnitudes are

assigned to the angles involved .

E xamp le 1 .—Prove that cot .2 9 cos .

2 9 cot .

2 9 cos? 9 .

2cos . 9

S1nce cot .2 9s1n .

2 92 2 2 2cos . 9 cos. 9 cos. 9 s1n .

cot .

2 9 cos.

2 92

cos.

2 98 111 . 9 s1n .

2 9

cos .

2 9 cot .

2 9 cos.

2 9 .

sm .

2 9 em .

2 9

Here our first step was to express cot .

2 9 in terms of the sineand cosine . This process of substituting for the tangent andother functions of an angle

,their value in sines and cosines will

be found of frequent advantage in such cases .

Example 2 .

—Prove that sin .

2 9 tan . 9 cos.

2 9 cot . 92 sin . 9 cos . 9 sec . 9 cosec . 9 .

- 9 cos. 9S t . 0

8m

6

1nce an

cos . 9 ’

s1n . 9«4 M 3 .

3

sin .

2 9 tan79 *

+ cos .2 9 eotr9 2sin . 9 00 8 . 9e1u . 6 0 9 8 ° 0

¢H - 9 cos . 9 a sm . 9

2 sin . 9 cos . 9

sin .

4 9 cos .

4 9 4 2sin .

2 9 cos.

2 9

sin . 9\

cos . 9

sec . 9 cosec 9.

s1n . 9 cos . 9

ExAM PLEs .

- VII .

Prove the identities

(1) Sin . A sec . A tan . A .

(2) (tan. A cot . A ) sin . A cos. A 1 .

(3) (tan . A cet . A ) sin . A cos . A sin .

2 A cos .2A .

(4) (cos.

4 A sin .

4 A) 1 2sin .

2A .

cos.

3 A —sin . A )(l

(6)icos

fi A sin .

6 A 1 —i Soos .2 A sin .

2 A .

(7) 2 (sin .

6 A cos.

6 A )—3 cos.

4 A) 1 0 .

Page 44: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON RELATIONS BETWE EN THE RATIOS FOR THE SAME ANGLE . 31

(8) (1 2 cos.

2 A ) (tan . A cot . A )(sin . A cos . A ) (sec . A cosec . A ) .

(9) sec .

2 9 cos .2 9 cos.

2 9 tan .

2 9 "

sin ? 9 sec .2 9 .

(10) (cosec.2 9 1) (2vers . 9 9) 6 ,

( 1 1) sin . 9 (cot . 9 2) (2 cot . 9 + 1) 2 cosec . 95

'

cos . 9 .

(12) vers .2 A 2cos. A sin .

2 A 2cos .2 A .

(13) cosec .2 9 vers . 9 vers . 9 cot .

2 9 cos . 9 cosec .

2 9 .

(14) cos.

6 A 2cos . ‘ A sin .

2 A + cos.

2 A sin .

4 A + sin .

2 A

tan . A tan . B15

cot . A cot . Btan A tan B

(16)0 0t ' A tan . B

cot . A tan . B .

tan . A cot . B

(17)1 4 cos. A

2

1 cos. A (cosec . A cot . A )

cos.

2 B cos.

2 A(18)

cos .

2 A cos .

2 B

(19) sec . 9 cosec . 9 tan .

3 9 (1 cosec .

2 9) 2 sec .3 9.

(20) 2vers . 9 vers .2 9 sin .

2 9 .

47. To express all the other ,ratios in terms of the sine

Since sin .

2 A cos .

2 A 1

cos .2 A 1 sin .

2 A

Again tan . Asin . A s1n . A

,

cos. A 11; v1 s1n .

2 A1

cosec . Asin . A

sec . A

. A0013sin . A sin A

It will be observed that corresponding to a given value of thesine

,therewill be two values of the cosine , tangent, secant, and

cotangent,since on tho right-hand side of the equation either

the positive or negative sign may be taken . is arises from

Page 45: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

32 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY .

the fact that when the sine of an angle is given,more than one

angle may be found which possesses this sine , although the cosine

,tangent

,&c . may not be the same for the two angles .

As a simple case, let sin . A1

From art . 37 we know that the sine given is that ofBut since

,by art . 4 2

,sin . (180

°

A ) sin . A,the angle

,

150°

also has this sine .

Thus there are two angles possessing the given sine,viz . 30°

and 150°

To find the cosines of these angles we have the formula

cos . A : 1: V1 - sin .

2 A = i129 .

For since the angle lies in the first quadrant,the posi

tive sign must be taken for 150° the negatlve .

For the present the ambiguity in sign may, however, beneglected .

48 . In a similar manner,by means of the formulae given

above,the other ratios may be expressed in terms of the cosine ,

tangent,&c . There is

,however

,another method of arriving at

these expressions which is worthy of notice .

It will first be necessary to show how to construct an anglehaving a given sine

,cosine

,or tangent .

49 . TO constm et an angle having a given sine or cosine .

Let it be required to construct the angle which has for its

sine a given ratio a,a be ing less than unity .

Take AB equal to the unitof length

,and upon AB as dia

meter describe a circle .

With centre B and radius BC,

equal to the fraction (1 of the unitof length

,describe a circle .

Let C be one of the pointswhere the circumference of thiscircle intersects the first circle,and join AO, BC .

Page 46: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON RELATIONS BETWEEN TH E RATIOS FOR TH E SAME ANGLE . 33

Then ACB,the angle in a semicircle

,is a right angle

(Euc . III .

BO aThus s1n . BAG

A B 1

Therefore BAC is the angle required .

If the cosine of the required angle is to be a the same construction may be made

,and ABC will be the angle required .

50 . To construct an angle having a given tangent or cotangent.

Let it be required to construct an angle of which the tangent shall be a given quantity a .

Draw a straight line AB equal to the unit

of'

length. A t B draw BC at right angles to

AB,and equal in length to a times the unit

and join AO.

Then tan . BAO—BCAB

Therefore BAC is such an angle as is required .

If the cotangent of the required angle is to be a,then the

same construction may be made,and ACE will be such an angle

as is required .

51. To express the other trigonometrical ratios in terms ofthe sine.

Let s be the sine of the given angle .

A s in art . 4 9 , construct a right—angled triangle having itshypothenuse equal to the unit of length and the side BC3 times the unit .

It follows that AC=V1—32

.

Then we have cos . A

BC 3tan . A

XC—«fl —s

?

Similar expressions will easily be found for the other ratios .

52. To express the other trigonometrical ratios in terms of the

tangent.

Let t be the tangent of the angle.

Page 47: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

34 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

As in art . 50,construct a right-angled triangle having theside AO, one of those including the rightangle, equal to the unit of length

, and theother side BC t times the unit

,so that BAG

0 is the angle which has the given tangent .

Then AB =V1 + t2 5B C t

and s1n . AAB 71 + t2

AC 1cos. A

AB V1 t?

And so for the other ratios .

53. In the case of the tangent the above method is thesimplest for deducing expressions for the other ratios. Wemight

,however

,deduce the value of the sine

,&c . in terms of

the tangent by proceeding as follows

Tan Asin . A

.

cos. A2 2

Therefore tan .

2 A _

sm . A 8111 . Acos .

2A 1—sin .

2A

tan .

2 A—tan .

2 A sin .

2 A= sin .

2 A .

In the same way the expression for the cosine might be

obtained .

EXAMPLES .—VIII .

1 . Express the sine of an angle in terms of the cotangent .2 . E xpress the sine and cotangent of an angle in terms of

the secant .3 . E xpress the pr1nc1pa1. trigonometrical ratios in terms of

the versme .

that cos. A g, find tan . A .

5 . G iven that sec . A : 2,find cot . A .

C)

3 . If tan . 9 :

4“

,find sin . 9 and sec . 9.

V5

7. If sec . A 25,find con. A

Page 48: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON RELATIONS BETWEEN TH E RATIOS FOR THE SAME ANGLE. 35

8 . If sin . Ar

gfind tan . A.

9 .

If tan . A find cosec . A .

10. If cos. 9=a,and tan . find the equatlon con

necting a a nd b.

11 . Construct the angles whose sines'

are l and 1

12. Construct the angle whose tangent i s N/2'

CHAPTER IX .

ON‘TH E

.

R‘

ATIOS OF ANGLES UNLIMITED IN MAGNITUDE .

54 . IT is shown'

i’

n art . 4 1 that sin. (180° It

follows from this that if an angle be constructed in the“

first

quadrant having its sine equal to a given positive quantity a

another angle may always be obtained in the second quadranthaving its sine equal to the same

“quantity .

If the condition were that cos . A should be equal to 01, since

cos . A= oos . A ) , or cos . (360°

A ) , there would also be twovalues for the angle A

,one in the first and the other in the

fourth quadrant .If tan . A = o

,then the angle must be in the first or third

55. Thus ‘

1et sin . A : .

1 Here-

A may be eitherl30°

or and2

the positions of the revolving linewill be O P and OP

’respectiyely .

Moreover,since the trigonome

trical angle is unlimited in mag

nitude,let us suppose the revolv

ing line on reaching the initialposition to continue Its reyoln

tion ; as often as it takes up theposition OP or OP

’ we shall oh

tain an angle having its sine equal to the assigned value,viz

Page 49: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

36 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

And OP of course is free to move either in the p ositive ornegative direction .

Thus,if OP revolve from CA in the positive direction

,we

have a series of angles as follows :

all having the giVen value of the sine .But if the negative direction be taken

,we obtain a series

of negative angles, viz. also havingthe given sine .

Thus generally if a. be the circular measure of the smallestangle having the given sine

,by the addition or subtraction of

27,4 7 ,

67: 271m“

,we shall obtain a series of angles having

their sine equal to the value given . And the sam e statementapplies to the other ratios .We shall proceed to find expressions which will include all

angles having a given sine,cosine

,or tangent .

56. Tofind an empression which will include all angles hamnga gwen sme .

Let a be the angle having a

given sine .The other position of the re

volving line which gives the samevalue for the sine is that for the

angle 71 - a .

All other angles positive and

negative which have the same sinemay be derived by adding or sub

tracting some multiple of 271 from these two values .Thus if we suppose the revolving line to move in the posi

tive direction we shall obtain the two series of angles

A

a,27 4- 11 , 4 7 4

-0. 2m7r+ a

w—a,37r—a

,57r—a. (2m+ 1) 7r—a.

If in the negative direction we have

—7r—a,—37r- a

,-57r—a 7r-f-a

—47r+ a,—67r+ ’

a 2m7r+ a

where m may have any

"

integral value .

Page 51: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

38 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

Thus the expression 2n7r a,where n is any integer,

positive or negative,wil l furnish all values of the angle having

the glven cosine .

58 . Tofind an expression which'

will include all angles havinga given tangent.

Let a be the angle whosetangent is given .

P The only other position of therevolving line for which the tangent will have the given value is

that for the angle 71 a . .All

other values of the angle havingthe given tangent will be obtained

by'

adding or subtracting 27r,and

multiples of from one of these angles .

Thus we obtain the series

a,

27r + a,

2mvr -l- a

'

7r\+ a , 371' a, (2m 1) 7T + a

—27r + a,

- 4vr + a,

—2m7r + a

—7r -l—a ,- §ir + a,

where m is any integer .

Thus we find that

(1) The coefficient of 71 may be either odd or even , positiveor negative .

(2) The sign of a is always positive .

So that the expression 7 m a , where n has any integralvalue

,positive or negative

,contains all the angles required .

EXAMPLES .

—IX .

1 . Write down the values of the following rat1os

(1) tan . 225°

(2) cos. (3) tan . 780°

(4) cot . 1035°

(5) sec . (6) cot . 210°

(7) cosec . 5 70°

(8) sin . (9) cos.

(10) tan .£75. (11) cot . (12) tan . 6713 2

Page 52: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E RATIOS OF ANGLES UNLIMITED IN MAGNITUDE . 39

2 . Find the general value of 9 under following circum

stances

(1) When tan . 9 1 .

(2) When sin . 9 g.

(3) When cos. 9

(4 ) When sec . 9

(5) When sec .

é 9 2 .

(6) When tan .

2 9 3.

CHAPTER X .

ON THE TRIGONOMETRICAL RATIOS OF THE SUM OR DIFFERENCEOF ANGLES .

59 . TH E obj ect of the present chapter is to establish formulaefor expressing the ratios of angles made up of the sum or

difference of other angles in terms of functions of these anglesthemselves .

60 . The formulae first to be established are as followsSin . (A B) sin . A cos . B cos . A sin . BCos . (A B) cos. A cos. B sin . A sin . BSin . (A B ) sin . A cos. B cos . A Sin . BCos. (A B ) cos . A cos . B sin . A sin . B

61. To show that

Sin . (A B ) sin: A cos . B cos . A sin . BCos . (A B) cos. A cos . B sin . A sin . B

Let the angle BAC be repre

sented by A,and the angle CAD

by B .

Then the angle BAD will berepresented by A B .

From_

P any ,point

~in the line

AD,draw PM at right angles to

AB,and PN at right angles to AO. A

Page 53: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

40 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

From N"

draw NO at right a ngles to PM ,and NQ at right

angles to AB .

Then the angle OPN 90° 4 PNO DNA NAQ A .

NowP_ M OM + 0 P

'

NQ + OP

A P_ —

A P

NQ+OP 15g g +

0P PN

AP AP_

'

AN'

AP PN'

AP

sin . A . cos. B cos. A sin . B ;

AM A M A ONand cos . (A B) AP

QAP

Q Q

AQ AN ON PISAN AP PN

'

AP

cos . A . cos . B sin . A sin . B .

62. To show that

Sin . (A B) sin . A cos. B 4 cos. A sin . BCos . (A B) cos . A cos . B sin . A sin . B .

Let the angle BAC be re

presented b y A ,and the angle

CAD by B .

Then the angle BAD will represent A B .

Take any point P in AD ,and

from P draw PM at right anglesto AC

,and PN at right angles

to AB .

From M draw MO at right angles to‘

NP produced, and MQat right angles to AB .

Then the angle MPO 90°

OMP CMO A .

PN ON —OP MQ —OP

A P

MQ OP MQ AM OP PMAP AP AM

'

AP PM

sin . A cos . B cos . A sin . B ;

Now sin . (A B )

Page 54: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

OH THE RATIOS OF COMP OUND ANGLES .

and cos . (A—B )AN AQ QN AQ -l 0M

A P A P AP

A Q OM

AP A P

A Q AM OM MP

AM AP MP'

A P

cos. A cos . B sin . A sin . B .

In the construction of the figure of this and the precedingart1ole

,it may assist the student to notice that P

,the point from

which perpendiculars are let fall,lies in the line which bounds

the compound angle A + B or A—B .

63. E xpressions for tan . (A B) and tan . (A B ) , interms of tan . A and tan . B

,may be established independently

by means of the figures given in arts,61 and 62. It is

,how

ever,simpler to deduce them from the formulae already esta

Thus,tan . (A B)

11

; ?ALi—Pé)

sin . A cos. B cos . A sin . Bcos. A cos. B sin . A sin . B

and this by dividing each term of numerator and denominatorby cos. A cos . B becomes

sin . A cos . B cos. A sin . B

A cos. B cos. A cos. B

L sin . (A B }Agaln , tan . (A B )cos . (A B )

sin . A cos . B cos . A sin .

cos. A . cos . B sin . A sin .

sin . A cos . B cos. A sin .

cos . A cos. B cos. A cos. cu

to

u

ts

tan . A tan . B1 tan . A tan . B

Page 55: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

42 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

In the same way may be deduced the following results

cot . A cot . B 100t ' (A B )

cot . A cot . Bcot . A cot . B 1

cot . B cot . A

64 .The formulae now established will enable us to find the

values of the sines and cosines of 75°

and

Thus, to find the value of sin .

Sin . 75° sin . (4 5

° sin . 4 5°

cos. 30° cos . 45° sin . 30

°

1 MS+

1 1 JS + I

£ 2 9 2 2 2 V2

Again,to find the value of sin . we have

sin . 150 sin . 4 5° cos . 80°—cos . 45° sin . 30°

I

1,«f8

'

1 1 vs—i

as 2 Va 2 has

65. The diagrams of arts . 6 1,62 are constructed for the

simplest cases ; thus, in art . 61 ,A ,B are together less than

while in art. 62 A i s less than and B less than A .

The formulae obtained,however

,are universally

'

true,as may

be shown in any particular case .

Thus,for example

,let A

,B each lie between 45° and

so that A + B lies between 90°

and

Let —A .

B’= 90

°—B .

Then sin . (180°

Since A,B are each greater than it follows that A ’

B’

is less than

Therefore,by making use of thediagram of art. 61

,we have

sin . (A’B

) sin . A’ cos . B ’

cos. A’ sin . B

cos . A sin . B sin . A cos . B .

And from above,sin . (A

’B

)=sin . (A B ) .

Therefore sin . (A B )= sin . A cos. B cos. A sin . B .

Page 56: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E RATIOS OF COMPOUND -ANGLES . 4 3

And cos. (180°—A + B) cos .

But by art . 61

cos . (A’B

) cos . A’ cos . B ’ sin . A

’ sin . B’

sin . A sin . B cos. A cos. B .

Therefore

cos . (A + B) —cos . (A ’ A cos. B—sin . A sin . B .

In this particular instance the value of A—B is clearly lessthan and the values of sin . (A—B ) , cos. (A—B ) may there~

fore be deduced directly from the diagram of art . 62.

By processes similar to the above the expansions for A + Band A—B may be shown to be true for all values of A and B .

EXAMPLES .

—X

Show that the following relations are true

l 1 . Sin . (A B) cos. A—cos. (A B) sin . A sin

2. Cos . (A B) cos . A sin . (A B ) sin . A cos .

3.

cos . A 60 8 . B

4 .M ) s1n . (A B ) tan .

2 A tan .

2 B .

cos.

2 A cos.

2 B5 . Cos . (A B) cos . (A B ) cos.

2 A sin .

2 B .

6 . Sin . (A -B ) sin . (A B) cos.

2 B cos.

2 A .

tan . A cot . B 1t A B

cot . B tan . Aan

t B .

1 tan . (A B ) tan . Aan

t . A .

1 (A 7 B ) tan . Ban

10.

cot . A cot . B sin . (A B )cot . B cot . A sin . (A B )

11 . (sin . A (cos . A cos. B)? 2 vers . (A—B ) .

12 . Cot .A cot . B cos . (A + 13)= cos. A cos .B (cot .A cot .B

. sec . A sec . BSec. (A. B)

1m .

Page 57: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

44 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

14 . Cos . A sin . A M2 cos . (A

15 .

1 tan . (4 5°

A )

16 . Cos . 80° 2 sin . 10° sin . 70

°

If sin . A and cos . B find the value of

sin . (A B ) .

18 . If sin . A and cos . B find the value of

tan. (A B) .

19 . Find the value of cos . of tan . and of tan .

20. If tan . A—‘

é and tan . show that A B =4 5°

EXAMPLES .

—XI .

Apply the formulae established in this chapter to prove thefollowing relations

1 . Cos . (180°

A ) cos. A .

2 . Sin . (90°

A ) cos. A .

3. Cos. (860°

A) cos. A .

4 . Cos . (180°

A ) cos. (180°

A) .5 . Cos. (270

°

A) sin . A .

6 . Tan . (225°

A ) cot. (225°

A) .

66. In the reduction of trigonometrical expressions,it is

often an advantage when we meet with an expression involvingthe sum or difference of functions of angles to transform it intoanother containing only a product .

The values obtained for sin . (A B) , cos. (A B) , &c . interm s of sines and cosmes of A and B may usefully be employedfor this purpose .

Thus

Sin . A = sin . { 45 (A B ) (A B)}sin .

49; (A + B ) cos. 5 (A—B) + cos. (A + B ) sin . é (A—B)

Sin . B : sin . {g (A B ) (A B )}sin . é (A + B ) cos . 5 (A—B) cos . 5» (A + B) sin . (A—B)

Page 59: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

4 6 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

The formulae in this shape are convenient for converting an

expression given as a product of sines and cosines into the formof a sum or difference .

Thus

2 sin . 5A sin . 2A cos. (5A 2A ) cos. (5A 2A)cos . 3A cos. 7A .

ExAMPLEs.

—XII .

Prove the following relations

1 . Sin . 8A sin . 2A 2 sin . 5A cos. 3A .

2 . Cos. A cos . 5A 2 sin . 3A sm . 2A .

3. Cos . A cos . 4A 2 cos.-

5-

2f

Sin . A sin . 2A

cos . A cos . 2A

cos. 3A cos . A

6Sin . A sin . Bcos, B cos. A

7. Sin . (30°

A ) sin . (30°

A ) cos.

8 . Cos . (30°

A ) cos . (30°

A ) sin . A .

9 . Sin . (45°

A ) sin . (4 5°

A ) “2 sin . A .

10 . Cos. (45°

A ) cos. (4 5°

A ) V2 cos. A .

1 1 . Cos . A cos. (A 2B) 2 cos. (A B ) cos . B .

12 . Cos . (A B ) sin . B cos . (A C) sin. Csin . (A B ) cos . B sin . (A 0) cos. 0 .

13. Sin . (A B C) sin . (A + \C B )

sin . (B C—A )—sin . 4 sin . A sin . B sin . 0 .

14 . Cos . (A B—C) cos . (A + O—B) cos . (B + C—A)cos . (A B C) 4 cos . A cos. B cOs. C .

15 . Cosec . 18° cosec . 54

°

2 .

t 6316cos . 18° sin . 18

°an

17 . Sin . 70° sin . 10

° cos .

18 .

“Sin . 10° sin . 20

° sin . 40° sin . 50

° sin . 70°

sin .

Page 60: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E RATIOS OF COMPOUND ANGLE S . 4 7

19 . Cos . 181° cos. 127° cos . 113° cos . 61° cos. 59

°

cos. 7°

0 .

20. Cos . 4°

30’ sin . 7

°

30’ sin . 37

°

30’ cos . 40° 30’

4 sin . 22°

30’ cos . 28° 30’ cos . 4 3°

ExAMPLEs.

—XIII .

Express as the sum or difference of two trigonometricalratios the following expressions

1 . 2 cos . A cos . B .

2 . 2 sin . 4A cos. A .

3. 2 sin . 3A sin . 4A .

9A 5A4 . 2 cos .

T 2

5 . 2 cos. (A B) sin . A .

A 3B A6 . 2 cos.

2—2

7. 2 sin . 50° cos .

8 . 2 sin . 25° sin .

9 . Show that sin . 4A cos . A—sin . Acos . 2A : sin . 3A cos. 2A .

10 . Show that

cos . cos . cos . 3A cos. A .

CHAPTER XI .

ON THE TRIGONOMETRICAL RATIOS FOR MULTIPLE AND SUB

MULTIPLE ANGLES .

68 . IF in the formula sin . (A B ) 8111 .A cos . B cos . A sin .B

we make A equal to B,we obtain

sin . 2A = sin . (A A ) sin . A cos. A cos . A sin . A2 sin . A cos. A .

Similarly cos . 2A= cos . (A +A cos . A cos. A—sin . A sin . A .

—cos.

2 A—sin .

2 A =-2 cos.

2 A—l,

tan . A 2 tan . AAgain,tan . 2A= tan .

l—tan 2 A

Page 61: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

4 8 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

If for~

2A we substitute A,and consequently for A write

we shall have

sin . A = 2 sin 2;Q

cos.A : cos. 2 cos 2 1,or 1 2 sin .

tan . A

1—tan .

2

ExAMPLEs.—XIV

Prove the following identities

1 . Cos. 2A1—tan .

2 A

1 —tan .

2 A '

2 . Tan. 2A2 Got A

,

cot .

2 A—lSec . 2A—1m l

“ tan . A .

4 COS .%2

1 + sin A

5 . Cos 2 1

;2

1 + s1n A

6 . Cos.

4 A - sin .

4 A= cos . 2A .

See ? A7.

l —tan P Asec . 2A .

Cosec .

2 Acot .

2 A—l1—cos. A

2

1 + cos. Atan .

0 A 1 sin . A10 . T .

2 4 5an2 1—sin . A

'

Cos . A+ sin . Acos . A—sin . A

—tan . 2A + sec. 2A.

Cos .

3 A + sin .

3 A 2—sin . 2A

cos . A+ sin . .A 2

1 sin . A—cos . At

1+ sin : A+ cos . Aan

Page 62: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES . 4 9

2 cos . 8 A 2 sin .

8 A cos . 2A (1

Sin . A+ sin . 2A

1 + cos . A + cos . 2A

1 + sin . A_

1

(A 2

1 tl + oos. A

_

2an

2

Cos .

m- sec . 2A—tan . 2A .

1 + tan . A tan .

180°

+ 2A19 . Tan .

—+ tan .

4—2 sec . A .

20 . Cos .6 A—sin .

6 A= cos . 2A (cos .2 2A +2s1n .

2 2A) .

69 .

In the same manner as in art ; 68 it is easy to deducethe values of sin . 3A

,cos. 3A

,and tan . 3A in terms of sines

,

cosines,and tangents of A respectively .

Thus sin . 3A= sin . (2A +A)—sin . 2A cos . A + cos . 2A sin . A2 sin . A cos . A cos. A + (1—2 sin .

2 A) sin . A2 sin . A cos .

2 A + sin . A—2 sin .

3 A2 sin . A—2 sin .

3 A+ sin . A—2 sin ? A3 sin . A—4 sin .

3 A .

70 . Cos. 3A= cos . (2A +A )—cos. 2A . cos. A—sin . 2A sin . A .

(2 cos .2 A—l ) cos. A sin . A cos . A ) sin . A

—2 cos .‘

3 A—cos . A—2 sin .

2 A cos. A—2 cos .3 A—cos . A—2 cos . A + 2 cos.

3 A4 cos .3 A—3 cos . A .

71 . Tan . 3A tan . (2 A + A)tan . 2A+ tan . A1—tan . 2A tan . A

2 tan . A .

1—tan .

2A

tan . A tan . A1 - tan .

2 A

Page 63: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

to PLANE TRIGONOMETRY f

2 _tan . A + tan . A—tan .

3 -A

1—tan .

2 A

3 tan . A—tan .

3 A1—3 tan .

2 A

ExAMPLEs.—XV.

Prove the identities

Sin . 3A1 .

sin . A—2 cos. 2A + 1 .

00 8 ° 3A—2 cos . 2A—1 .

cos. A

3 sin . A—sin . 3A0

_ t 0

30

cos. 3A + 3 cos . Aan A

Sin . 3A—cos . 3Asin . A + cos . A

2 s1n . 2A _ 1 °

180° A

7.

o

tan . (A 4 4 5 ) 2 s1n . 2A+ I

8 . 4 cos .3 9 sin . sin .

3 9 cos. sin . 4 9 .

9 . Cos. 4A = 8 cos .4 A—8 cos .2 A + 1 .

4 tan . A—4 tan .

3 A10 . Tan . 4A

1—6 tan .

2,A + tan .

4 A

A

.

2B _sin . A cos. A

1 mmsec . 2B

+cosec . 2B

'

12 . Tan .

2 A -1- cot .2 A = 2+ 4 cot .2 2A .

13. Got . A—tan . A—2 tan . 2A—4 cot . 4A =O.

14 . Tan . A tan . 2A sec . 2A 1 .

15 . Tan . A tan . (A—B) (cot . A+ tan . B)=tan .A

16 . Sin .

2 B sin .

2(A 4 B) + 2 sin . B sin; (A—B)

sin .

2 A .

Page 64: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLE S . 5 ]

sin .

2 2A + 4 sin .

2 A—418 . Cos . (A B ) cos . A cos . (A B ) cos : 3A

B B4 sin . (A —

2) sm . A cos. (A +19 . s1n . 2-A+ sin . 4A+ sin . GA =

'

4 cos. A cos . 2A sit .

3A .

20 . Vers . (A—B ) vers . { 180° A—sin . B )2

Cos . riA—cos .

an . (n + 1) A .

cot . (ri—2) A—cot . riA

o 2 cos. 2A—128 . T . 30 —A t . (3° + A )

2 cos. 2A + 1

24 . s1n .

2

(80° —é—cos . 2A .

25 . Tan . (4 5°—A) tan . (4 5

°

+ 1132 ? sec , 2A ,

26 . Cos . (A cos. (B 4. cos ?A -

Q

E B

A—B2

27. Sin . GA = 4 sin . 2A sin . sin . (60°—2A ) .

28 . Cot . A cot . (60°

A) +fi

cot . (120°

A ) 3 cot . 3A .

29 . Tan . 50°

+ cot . sec . 10°

30. Tan . 20°

+ tan . 20°

tan . 25°

+ tan .

31 . Cos . 20° cos. 40° cos . 80°—1

32 . Got . 22°

30’ —tan . 22

°

33. Cos . 40°+ cos . 50°

+ cos . 60°

+ cos. 150°

4 cos . 4 5° cos . 50° cos .

34 . Cos .

cos.A cos .B cos.C (1—tan .B tan .C—tan .C tan .A—tanA tan .B) .

35 . Sin . 2 (A 2 (A 2 (0 4 3)4 cos . (B—O) cos. (C—A) sin . (A—B ) .

36 . Sin . A sin . B _ sin . 0 sin . (A B C)A—C B—C A + B ,

sin .81°

2 2 2

Page 65: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

52 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

72. We now proceed to obtain formulae for expressing thesine

,cosine

,and tangent of half an angle in terms of functions

of the angle .

To prove that sin . fl: 20 3 ° A

cos. A 1 2 sin .

2_

22 (art .

0

A2 sin .

2—2

1 cos. A ;

2_

A_

1 cos. A.

2 2

_

A_ i

cos A2

A73. Toprove that cos . -

2

2

2 cos.

21

2

°1 cos. A

,

2A l + oos. A

2 2

.

é j :1 + COS A

2 2

From the ambiguity of sign it is clear that each value of

cos . A (nothing else be ing known of the angle A ) gives two

values of sin .é and two values of cos.

AIf besides cos . A

2 2

we have given the magnitude of A,so that we can tell in which

quadrant the revolving line will fall,after describing the angle

2, we are in a position to aflix the proper signs to the root

symbol,both for sin .

Aand cos .2 2

Thus, let it be given that cos . A

AThen sin .

Page 67: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

54 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

If the value of A be given we may remove the ambiguity by

assigning the proper signs to the root symbols in the interme

diate equations thus

é i i V1 + sin .

2

A2 2

Let as suppose that A so that s1n . A 5.

Then,since we know that sin is positive

,and

AQnegative .

Moreover'

sin.gis numerically greater than cos.

Hence we must take the posit1ve sign in equation the

negative in equation

Thus

cos . 105° sin . 105°

cos . 105° sin . 105°

H ence

cos. 1052V2

o 3s1n . 105 _

2V2(1 N/

Here,also

,it is not necessary to know the actual value of

A,but only the lim its between which A lies

,

‘the essential pointsA A

and sin .

2 2 ?

A Aand sin .

2 2 .

being,in the first plaice

,the signs belonging to cos.

and in the second, the relative magnitude of cos .

75. Thus let it be given that A lies between 90° and

Thin {33- 118 8 between 4 5°

and

Page 68: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLE S. 55

Thus cos is positive,and greater than sin

A_

247 1 + sin . A ;

A2

AH ence 2 00 8 .

-

2VI sm . A V1 s1n . A ;

A—2

N/ l + s1n . A —s1n . A .

76 . Tofind the sine and cosine of an angle of

Let A denote the anglewhich contains 18° then 2A containsand 8A containsTherefore .2A SA :

Hence sin . 2A cos. 3A .

Therefore 2 sin . A cos. A 4 cos.

3 A 3 cos . A .

Dividing both sides by cos. A,

2 sin . A = 4 cos.

2 A 3 = 4 _

ii sin fi A 3 ;

therefore 4 sin .

2 A 2 sin . A 1 0.

Solving this as a ‘

quadratic equation, in which sin . A is the

unknown quantity,we obtain

sin . A1 i “54

Since sin . 18°

must be a positive quantity,

positive

only is available for VB"

;vs 1

therefore sin . A

77. Tofind the sine and cosine of an angle of

Since cos . 86° 1 2 sin .

2 18°

3

therefore cos . 36° 1 22 6 2 x/5

Page 69: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

56 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

2 + 2 V5 v5 “cos . .

868 4

Vio 2 x/5and sin . 36

° V1 cos.

2 86°

4

ExAMPLEs.

—XVI .

1 . State the signs of

A-

2- + sin .

-

2

when A has the following values

(1) 50°

(2) (3)(4) 320 (6)

2 . If A lies between 180°

and 27 show that

2 sin ? 4 1 sin . A 4 1 sin . A.

3. If A lies between 4 50° and prove that

A2 00 3 Q/l —sm . A

4 . Find the limits between which A must lie When

2 cos . —2 M1 sin . A V1 sin . A .

5 . Find the values of

(1) sin . (2) COS . (3) sin . (4) cos . (5) COS . 81

CHAPTER XIIf

ON THE SOLUTION OF TRIGONOMETRICAL EQUATIONS.

78 . A TRIGONOMETRICAL EQUATION is a relation other than anidentity between one or more functions of one or more angles .In solving the equation we obtain

.

the value of one or other ofthe functions

,whence we may determine , exactly or approxi

mately, the magnitude of the angle with respect to which the

glven conditions are true .

Page 70: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E SOLUTION OF TRIGONOMETRICAL EQUATIONS. 57

As an example let us consider the equation

em sin . 0 2Our first step will be to express cos.

°0 in terms of sin . 0.

The equation may then be treated as an ordinary algebraicalequation

,in which sin . 9 takes the place of w.

Thus l - sin .

2 9 4- 2 sin . H—Z,sin .

2 9—2 sin . 9

sin .

2 9—2 sin . a+ i zisin . 9 1 :

and sin .

The greater of these two values must be rej ected,since the

sine can never exceed unity .

The remaining value is the'

sine of Therefore one value

of 9 which satisfies the equation is

But by art . 56 angles furnished by the formula 7 m wewill have the same sine as 0.

Hence any one of these angles will satisfy the equation .

In the present instance 0 nvr —1)"g is thereforethe general solution of the equation proposed .

79 . As a second example take the equation

Sin . 39+ sin . 29+ sin . 0 : 0 .

sin . 39+ sin . sin . 20 cos. 9,

2 sinxze'

cos. 9 + sin .

sin . 29’

(2 00s . 9

Thus the equation is satisfied if eithe rsin . or 2

.

cos. 9 +

If sin . we have and the general value isgiven by

If 2 cos . cos. 0

Page 71: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

58 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

The general value is therefore,by art . 57

279 2 277177 4 “

3

80 . It will sometimes be convenient to proceedfollowing example .

Thus,in the equation

V 3 sin . 9—cos. 9 : V2,

dividing both sides of the equation by 2 we obtain

1

2°sin . 9 cos .

9 2

therefore sin . 9 cos.

7

6°—COS . 9 sin .

35—7

1—27 ”

or sinW

)‘

sin 716 4

Hence 9 —l )”g.

EXAMPLES .

-XVII .

Find values of 9 not greater than twowill satisfy the following equations

1 . Sin . 9= cosec . 9 .

2 . 4 cos. sec . 9 .

3. Sin . 9 . + 00 8 .

2 tan . 9 : sec .

2 9 .

5. Sin . 9 + cos . 9 cot .

6 .

2

7. Cosec . 9—sec . 9tan .

8 . 9 : V 2 cosec . 9—1 .

9 . Sec . 9 cosec . tan . 9.

31 + 00 8 . 9—

1

1 1 . Got .«fasin . 0.

12 . Cot .

2cos.

2

13. 3 cot . 9—sec . 9 cosec .

ec. 9.

cot . cosec . 9—4 sin . 9 .

angles which

Page 72: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E SOLUTION OF TRIGONOMETRICAL EQUATIONS . 59

15 . Sin . 9 (cos. 40°—cos. 9 (s in . 40

°

+ sin .

16 . Cos . 4 9—cos. 29 —1 .

17. Cos. cos . 4 9 .

ExAMPLEs.—XVIII .

the values of 9 which satisfy the equations

1 . Sin .

2. Got .

3. Sec . 9 : x/Z,

4 . Tan .

2 9—2

1

;

Cos . 9 sin . 97

1

2-

0

6 . V2 siu . 9 V2 oos . 9 V3.

7. Tan . (7

7; 0) cot . (g e)8 . 2 sec .2 9 (2xf2 1)

'

sec . 9

9 . Cos . 9 cos! ) 9 cos:39.

4

Cos . 9 cos ; 29 cos. 39 0 .

CHAPTER XIII .

ON TH E INVERSE NOTATION.

81. IN the equation sin . we state that the sine of a

certain angle 9 is a .

This equation is sometimes written in another form, ‘viz .

Thus sinf la is an angle

,and a mode of expressing the

1particular angle whose sine is a . For instance

,sin .

11

therefore 30° sin

82. The following example will illustrate the method of

using this notation

Page 73: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

60 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

Show that cos.

—12

‘ 1

Let the angle cos.

“ l °5° be denoted by 9

,and the angle

3‘ 1 b5y <l>

We have to show that 9+That this may be the case sin . q!) must beequal to cos . 9 .

4Now sin .

—cos .

2

4) cos . 9 .

Therefore 9 is complementary to

It must be remembered that in statements like the above

the value of the angle indicated by cos.

" l

i

gi

is its least positive

value .

83. Again,let it be

'

requii'

ed to showthat

Cos . " i az: 2 sin .

As before,let sin .

“ 1 —2

We have to show that

If this be the case cos . 9 will be equal to cos.

Now cos . sin .

2

¢=1 2 .

1—a1—1 a : a

2

cos . 9 .

ExAMPLEs.—XIX.

Prove the following relations

4 1_ 1 —11 . Tan .

32 tan .

2.

2 . Tan .

“ 1 2 tan .

” 1 3

1 13. T ” 1an

3 4

1 1—1 _ 14 . Tan3

tan .

2tan .

Page 75: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

Thus,if m a

x

,as is said to be the logarithm of m to the

base a .

For example, 64 4 3 ; then 3 is the logarithm of 64 to the

base 4 .

85. The logarithm of a number m to the base a, is written

thus wHence

,since m u

log-am o

86 . It follows from the definition that to construct a table

of logarithms of a series of numbers, 3,

to a givenbase

,as

,for example

,10

,we have to solve a series of eqnations

These equations can in general be solved only approximately .

Thus,for example , we cannot find a value of mwhich will make

3,we may , however, find such a value as .will make 10”

differ from 3 by as small a quantity as we please .

87. We shall now establish some of the properties whichrender the use of logarithms advantageous in practical calculations .

88. The logarithm of unity is 0, whatever the base may be.

For we know by algebra that 1,whatever may be the

value of a .

89 . The logdrithm of the base itself is unity.

For a”6

a when w 1 .

90. The logarithm of a product'

is equal to the sum of thelogarithms of its factors .

ii .

Then m log .

um

, y log .

an .

And e.xa

”ax” mn .

Thus log amn w+ y log .

am log .

an .

91 . - The logarithm of a quotient is equal to the loga/rithm ofthe divide nd diminished by the logarithm of the divisor.

Let a“ m,a

”,

n .

Then a: log .

um

, y log .

an .

Page 76: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON LOGARITHMS. 63

Therefore

Thus log a: y logaain logaan .

92. The logarithm of any power, integral or fractional, of a

numbei’ is equal to the product of the logarithm of the‘

number by

the index of the power.

For let m ax

,so that a logaam ;

Therefore in”

(ax

y a”

;

Thus log .

am’

m r logaam.

93. The following results flow from these important theorems

By the use of logarithmsMultiplication is changed into Addition .

Division Subtraction .

Involution Multiplication .

E volution Division .

In practical calculations the only base that is used is 10,

logarithms to the base 10 bemg known as common logarithms .We shall proceed to point out certain advantages which resultfrom the employment of 10 as a base .

94 . The logarithm s of numbers in general consist of twoparts

,an integral part and a decimal part . The integral part is

known as the characteristic,the decimal part as the mantissa .

95 . In the common system of logarithms, if the logarithm ofany number be known, we can determine the logarithm of the pro

duct 07’

quotient of that number by any power of 10.

For log .

10 (10° x N ) : log .~xc

N log ..

10log ..

10N + n

,

N nlog .

1010

“log .

10N log .

lo10 log .

10N n .

So that if we know the logarithm of a given number wemay determine that of any number which has the same sequenceof figures, and differs only in the position of the decimal point .

96 . Thus,having given that log.

lo5 2502 is ‘ 720176,

Page 77: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

64 PLANE TRIGONOMZETRY .

let it be required to find the logarithm of log .

1052502 and

logq o'0052502 .

Log .

lo5250 2 log. (52 502 x 1000) log . 52 502 3

3-720176 .

Log .

100 052502 log .

1000

3 °720176,or

,as it is generally written

,

log. 52 502 3

97. The form in which the logarithm of 0 052502 is givenshould be very carefully noticed . This logarithm is really a

negative quantity,and is equal to 2 279824 .

In order,however

,that all numbers expressed by the same

series of digits may have the same mantissa in their logarithms,

it is usual to agree that the mantissa shall in all cases remainpositive .

This result is attained by simply adding unityto the mantissa

,and subtracting it from the characteristic, the value of the

whole logarithm being unaltered .

Thus in the present instance the mantissa becomes‘ 279824 1

,or 7 20176 .

The characteristic becomes —2 —1,that is —3 ; and, as we

have said,the whole logarithm. is written 3 720176 .

98 . In the common system of logai‘ ithms the cham eteristic

of the logarithm of any number may be determined by insp ection .

For suppose the number to be greater than unity,and to lie

between 10" andIts logarithm must be greater than n

,and less than n 1 .

Therefore the characteristic,or integralpart of the logarithm ,

is n . Thus in the example given above the cham cteristic of

log .

105250 2 is 3

,for 52502 lies between 1000, or 103, and

10000,or 104 .

Next suppose the number to be less than unity , and to lie1

and1

10”

The integral part of the logarithm would be n if bothcharacteristic and mantissa were to retain the negative sign .

But since,to avoid' the inconvenience arising from a negative

between that is,between and

Page 78: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON LOGARITHMS . 65

mantissa,unity has to be subtracted from the characteristic

,the

latter will become —(n + 1) instead of —n .

Thus,since 0 052502 lies between '01 and 0 01 , or between

and we know that —3 must in this case be takenfor the characteristic.

99 . The rules for determining at once the characteristic of

the logarithm oi'

a number may be stated as follows

(1) If the quantity be greater than unity the characteristic is

positive, and is one less than the number offigures whichform the

integi al pa/rt of the number .

(2) If the quantity be less than unity the characteristic is

negative, and, when the quantity is expressed as a decimal fraction

,is one more than the number of cyphers between the decimal

point and the first significant figwre to the right of the decimal

p oint.

100 . As has been said, tables of logarithm s for practical use

are calculated to the base 10 . The actual processes by which

the numerical values of logarithms are determined do not fallwithin the scope of this treatise ; it may , however, be statedthat the logarithm s which are first calculated have for their basean incommensurable quantity , known by the symbol e, which isthe sum of the series

1 1 1—2

-1 ad inf .

,

and this series may be taken as approximately equal to

2 71828 18 .

Such logarithms are known as Napierian logarithms, fromNapier

,the inventor of logarithms ; and sometimes naturat

logarithm s,as being those which are first determ ined .

We shall proceed to show how ,having given the logarithm

of a number to the baser

e,we may deduce the logarithm of the

number to the base 10 .

H aving given the loga/rithm of a number to a particular

base,tofind the logarithm of the number to a difierent base.

Let a be the given base, b the other base,m the number.

Page 79: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

66 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

Let a be the logarithm to base a, y the l ogarithm base b.

Then m am by .

90

Therefore a7/ b,

aand log .

ab.

y

Therefore a y log .

ab,and

'

y

1Therefore m

log .

ab

Thus,if we have given the logarithms of a series of num

bers calculated to a gwen base a,we may find the logarithms of

these numbers to the base b by multiplying each of the given1

logarithms by the constant factorlog .

ab

102. In the particular case before us the number reprosented by e corresponds to a

,while 10 may be written for b.

Thus1

~log .

810

If,therefore

,we assume that the logarithms of numbers may

be calculated to the base e,it is clear that the logarithms of the

same numbers to the bas e 10 may be deduced from them .

1

log .

810

proximate ly by the figures 4 3429448 : it is known as themodulus of the common system .

The value of the constant factor is expressed ap

103 . Thefollowing easy exampleswill illustrate the principlesexplained in this chapter . When no other base is indicated thenumber 10 is to be understood as the base .

Examp le 1 .—Given log. 2 °301030.

log. 3 ”4177121 ,

find log . 12 and log

Logf 12 log . (4,

x 3) log . 4 log . 2 log . 2 log . 3

6 02060 °4 77121 10 7918 1 .

Page 80: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON LOGARITHMS . 67

A gain,log . log.M2 log. 573

1 11 2

2og

3log 3

5(5 01030) -4 77121)° 150515 ° 159040

l"

°008525 19 9 14 75 .

E xamp le 2 .

—Given log .

10 7 a,

find loga, 4 90.

Let log .

74 90 50 .

Then 7°c 4 90

Therefore a log .

107 log .

104 90

log .

10 (49 x 10) log .

lo4 9

2 10g .

10 7 1 .

Hence (a 2) log .

107 1 ;

therefore a 2108

1

107

and a 21

ExAMPLEs .

—XX ,

1 . Given log . 2 3 01030,and log . 3 4 77121

,find the

logarithm s of '0002,2 25

,and ‘ 04 .

2 . Given log .

lo7 ‘ 845098

,and log .

10

°79934 1,

find

log1 027

.

4 9

3. Given log . 3°4 77121 ,find log x (907

21.

4 . Given log. 24 13 80211,and log . 36 15 56303

,find

the values of log .

1054

,and log .

98 .

5 . Find the logarithms of

(a) 0 0001 to base 10 .

1

(b) to base 8 .

(c) 81 375 to base 334:

6 . Given log .

102 ‘301030

,find log .

10

°05,log.

1002,log .

2100.

F 2

Page 81: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

68 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

7. Having given log . 28 : 14 4 7158,and log .

find log .

0567 to 3 places of decimals .

8 . Given log . 2 3 01030,and log . 3 °4 77121

,find a from

the equation 3”32.

9 . Given log. 2 7 4 31364,and log . 5 1728 18 ‘ 713727

,

find the value of 31 1 1

10 . Find the logarithm of 9 to base 8M3, and of 125 to

base V5

11 . If ; log . 30 103,and log. 2 “301030

,find a .

12. Assuming that log. 250 and log . 256 differ by “0103,

find log . 2 .

13. Given a 0,find log .

aam

14 . Prove that log .ab. 1

,and that log .“b. 0 . log .

ea

1 .

15 . If the logarithm s of the numbers a,b,and e be p , g, 7

'

respectively,prove that

aq ‘ r b" p

op

q

16 . If a2 b2 7ab,prove that

log . g(a b) 5(log . a log . b) .

17. Having given log . 3 4 77121 , and log . 7 8 4 5098,

solve the equation7 a:

(a)18 . How many positive integers are there whose logarithm s

to base 3 have 5 for a characteristic19 . Show how a system of logarithm s having 2 for its base

may be transformed into the system which has 8 for its base .20 . Prove that log.“a: log .

,a log .

eb log ,

a .

Page 83: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

70 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

(art . 73)

cos.—2

sin 9 1 + 8111 , A

A (art . 74)"

Qi N/I—sin . A

Log umn= log .

a7n

log logaam log .an

log .am’

: r log um

1

log.ab

CHAPTER XV

ON TH E ARRANGEMENT OF LOGARITHMIC TABLES .

104 . TH E obj ect of the present chapter is to give an account

of the arrangement of the principal logarithm ic and trigonometrical tables

,and the method of using them . The tables

which will be kept specially in view are those compiled by thelate Dr . Inman

,which are in general use in the Royal Navy .

The various sets of tables,however

,differ from one another

chiefly in matters of detail,so that it is hoped that the explana

tions here given will enable the student to avail himself of anycollection that may be at hand .

The logarithms in all cases are taken to the base 10.

The tables with which we are at present concerned are

the following

table of the logarithms of numbers from 1 toTables of logarithms of the six principal trigonometrical

Page 84: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E ARRANGEMENT OF LOGARITHMIC TABLES . 71

ratios,viz. the sine , cosecant, tangent, cotangent, secant

,and

cosine from 0°

to

(3 The table of the natural versines from 0°

to

106 .

1

1n the table which we have called (1) the mantissae of

the logarithms from 1 to are given as far as six places ofdecimals . It should be noticed that in all approximate calculations it is usual to take for the last figure which is retained the

figure which gives the nearest approach to the true value . Thusif we have the fraction °7536

,and it is desired to retain only

three places of decimals,we should write 7 54

,and not 7 53

,

the rule being that when a number of figures are struck off,the

last remaining figure is to be increased by 1 if the first figure

removed be not less than 5 .

It is unnecessary to print the characteristic as well as the

mantissa,because

,as has been already pointed out

,the charac

teristic may be always determined by inspection in the case of

logarithm s to the base 10 .

107 . Tofindfrom the tables the logarithm of a given number .

It'

the nuinber be contained in the tables,we have only to

take ou t the mantissa and prefix the characteristic .

Thus,to find the logarithm of ‘ 527 and of 0 0527. The

table gives °721811 as the mantissa of 527, and since the seriesof digits is the same in each case

,the mantissa of the two loga

rithms will be the same . Thus we have

log. 527 2 721811 . log . 0 0527 3 721811 .

If,however

,the number be not exactly contained in the

table,which , as we have said , goes only as far as we

must pioceed as follows : Let us suppose that the logarithmrequired is that of 800076 . The number in question liesbetween; 800000 and 800100

,both of which may be taken at

once from the tables . Thus

log . 800100 5 903144

log . 800000 59 03090

difference 0 00054

The required logarithm must of course lie between the two

Page 85: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

72 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY .

which we have taken out,and if we may assume that the in

crease in the logarithm w ill be proportional to the increase

in the number,we obtain the following proportion (where a is

the increase required corresponding to an increase of 76 in the

number)a

-000054 3 76 100

760 00054 0 000411 .

100

Then log . 800076 5 903090 ‘ 00004 1

Thus we have taken three numbers,800000

,800076, and

800100,and have proceeded upon the assumption that the in

crements in the logarithms of the two higher numbers will beproportional to the increments of the numbers themselves.

This is a case of what is known as the princip le of propor

tional parts, a

.

principle which though not strictly true is

sufficiently accurate for practical purposes in cases where thedifferences in the three numbers are small in comparison with the

numbers themselves .

108 . The process of finding the corresponding logarithm of

a given number not contained in the tables is facilitated by the

use of a small table known as the table of proportional parts.

Thus in Inman ’s tables the logarithms of 8000 and the ninenumbers next following are printed as follows

To obtain the small table headed ‘ Part,

’ proceed as follows

Page 86: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E ARRANGEMENT OF LOGARITHMIC TABLES .

Take the difference between two consecutive logarithms of thosegiven and divide by ten . Then multiply the resulting decimal

by two, three , 850 . up to nine, and retaining only six places of

decimals write down the last three figures of these as in thetable .

Thus in the preceding case

log . 8001 30 03144

log . 8000 30 03090

difference 0 00054

Therefore one-tenth of this difference is 0 000054,andmul

tiplying by two, three , four, 850 . we obtain 0 000108,0 000162

,

0 000216,850 . or

,striking off the last figure in each case ,

0 0001 1,0 00016

,0 00022

,850 .

These are then arranged as in the table .

109 . The use of this table may be illustrated by applying it

in the example,

given above,viz. in finding the logarithm of

800076 .

A s we saw,when w is the excess of the logarithm required

over that of 800000,we have

76 7 6w100

000054“ (10 +100)

That is,we have to multiply 0 00054 by

add the two products together .The table of proportional parts gives us the

,value of the

several tenth parts,and therefore also of the several hundredth

parts of the decimal in question we may therefore proceed as

followslog. 800000 5-903090

add forTzo

‘ 0 00038

add for 1 1 0 0000821 0 0

5 90318 12

Therefore retaining only six places of decimals,we have.

log. 800076 50 03131 .

110 . The example given was the case of an integral number.

If a decimal fraction or a mix ed quantity,made up of a whole

Page 87: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

74 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY .

number and '

a decimal fraction,were given

,the process would

be the same . We have only to disregard the decimal point,

calculate the mantissa of the whole number so obtained as

before,and then prefix the proper characteristic .

Thus,suppose the logarithm of 14 9037 to be required .

R ejecting the decimal point,we find

,proceeding as before

,

the logarithm of 14 9037 to be 5 173294 .

The logarithm of 14 0 037 will only differ from this logarithmin its characteristic

,which will be 1 instead of 5 . The required

logarithm,therefore

,will be

111 To find from the tables the number which cow espm’

tds

to a. given logarithm .

If the mantissa be found in the table we have only to writedown the corresponding number, and place the decimal point

in the position indicated by the characteristic .

Thus,let the given logarithm be 4 155336 . On reference

to the table we find the mantissa given to‘

be that of the logarithm

of 143.

The required number is therefore 14300 .

Next suppose that the mantissa is not contained exactly inthe table

,as

,for instance , if the given logarithm be 5 34 8390 .

Here we must again have recourse to the ‘

princip le of 1070 1907“

tional parts.

Turning to the tables,we find that the given

logarithm lies between those of 223000 and 223100. Thus

log. 223100 5 348500 log . given 5 348390

log. 223000 5 34 8305 log . 223000 5 34 8305

0 00195 0 00085

Thus,if mbe the excess of the required number over 223000

we have9, 100 000085 0 00195 ;

85w195

100 44 .

Thus the number required is 223044 .

112 . This process also may be somewhat abbreviated byrecourse fto the table of proportional parts .Set down in full

,the operation will be as follows

Page 88: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E ARRANGEMENT OF LOGARITHMIC TABLEb.

195) 8500 (4 8 589780

700

585

1 150

975

1750

1560

1900

1755

The products.

780, 585, 975 , &c .

,are furnished approximately

for us in the table of proportional parts . Thus,in the table

which commences Opposite to the number 2230, we find oppositeto the figure 4 , 078 , that is, four-tenths of 195 78 , or four

times 195 780 .

U sing this table , therefore, we may proceed as follows

8500

4 780

700

580

1200

6 1 170

Thus we have 43 6 as the value for x,which is sufficiently

near to the true value to be accurate enough for ordinarypurposes

.In cases where great exactness is required the actual

division should,of course

,be performed .

113. The table denoted by next to be noticed,contains

the logarithm s of the six principal trigonometrical ratios,Viz . the

Sine,cosecant

,tangent

,cotangent

,secant

,and cosine for all angles

from 0°

to calculated for each change of 15" in the angle .

Since,however large an angle may be , by means of the

expressions for sin . (180°—A ) , sin . &c . an angle

may always be found in the first quadrant having for one of

its functions the same numerical value as the required function

of the given angle , it is unnecessary to take into account anglesgreater than

Thus cos . 125° —cos. tan . 260

°

tan . and

so ou .

Page 89: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

76 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

Again,since sin . (90

°

A ) cos. A,tan . (90

°

A ) cot . A,

cosec . (90° A)= seo . A

,it is obvious that logarithm s need not

be calculated for angles higher than The logarithm of

sin . for instance , is the same as that of cos . It will be

seen on reference to the tables that the figures which denote

the values of angles less than 4 5° are printed at the top and

left-hand side of each page,and the figures for angles greater

than 4 5° at the bottom and right-hand side ; while each column

of logarithms has a denomination both at the top and bottom,

the column which is headed sine having cosine printed at thebottom

,and so ou .

114 . The trigonometrical ratios being, in a majority of cases,

less than unity,the logarithms of these ratios would have a

negative characteristic . To avoid the frequent recurrence ofthe negative sign in the tables

,it is customary to add 10 to the

logarithms of the angles . Logarithm s so increased are calledtabular logarithms, and are denoted by the letter L .

Thus L sin . A log . sin . A 10 .

115 . To find the tabular logarithm of the sine of a given

angle .

If the angle given be one of those contained in the tablesthe required sine may be at once taken out . If the angle benot given exactly we must have recourse to the principle ofproportional parts .

Thus let it be required to find L sin . 40°

30’24

We find from the tables that

L sin . 40°

30"

30 98 12618

L sin . 40 30 15 98 12581

0 00037.

Assuming that the increase of the logarithm is proportionalto the increase in the angle

,we have

,taking 58 as the required

increase in the logarithm

w 0 00037 9 15

Therefore w {20 00087 0 00022 .

Thus L sin . 40°

80’

98 18581

Page 91: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

78 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

Therefore the tabular logarithm required is 98 27711

98 27697.

118 . To find the angle corresponding to a given tabular

logem'

thmte cosine .

Suppose the given tabular logarithm to be 98 64532 .

The tables give u s

L cos . 4 2° 56’30 98 64539

L cos . 4 2 56 4 5 98 64 510

difference 0 00029

L cos . 42°

56’30

”98 64539

L cosine of angle required 98 64 532

difference 0 00007.

Thus we have to find 90,the increase in the angle correspond

ing to 000007, the decrease in the tabular logarithm.

Therefore w 15”

4 nearly .

29

And the angle sought for is 42° 56’‘

80 4 2°

56’34

119 . It is unnecessary to give further examples . For any

o f the six functions the tabular logarithms of angles inter

mediate in value between those given in the tables may be

found by applying the principle of proportion,and if we have

given the logarithm we may determine the value of the angleto which it belongs by the same method . It must

,of course

,

be remembered that in the first quadrant the tangent and secantincrease with the increase of the angle

,while the cosecant and

cotangent decrease Within these limits.

120 . It should be observed in connection with these tables

that the tabular logarithmic sines are given for each second of

angle up to The reason for this is to be found in the factthat the sines of

'

small angles vary with great rapidity,so

that the ordinary method of proportioning for seconds wouldlead to erroneous results .

121 . Of a similar character to those lately described is thetable containing what are called the logarithmic haversines ,which occupies a prominent position in Inman’

s tables . It is

Page 92: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E ARRANGEMENT OF LOGARITHMIC TAB LE S. 79

of considerable importance in connection with what is known

as the solution of triangles,

as will appear in the next chapter.

The word haversine is a contraction of half-Versine . The

versine has been already defined to be the defect of the cosine

from unity . A

vers . A l—cos. A 2Thus hav . A

2 2 2

The haversine of an -angle is therefore the square of the

sine of half the angle , and the logarithmic haversines m ight bededuced from the table of logarithmic sines . They are

,how

ever,of constant use in practical calculations

,and it is con

venient that they should be given separately .

Since the value of the versine increases continually from 0°

to the tabular logarithmic haversines are given for all

angles up to this limit . To 135° the logarithm s are set down

for each as the angle approaches however,the haver

sine changes very slowly,and it is found sufficient to give the

logarithm for a change of each minute of angle .

The tabular logarithmic haversines for Values of the angleintermediate in value between those given in the tables may

be found by applying the principle of proportion,as in the

cases of the sine,cosine

,&c .

A2

Sln . 0

2

122 . On account of the great simplification which the use

of logarithm s introduces into the several processes of calcula

t ion,it is in general more important to have the tables of the

logarithm s of the sine,cosine

,&c . of an angle than the actual

values of the functions themselves . In cases where we haveneed of the actual value of one of the ratios

,a s

,for instance,

of the sine,or

,as it is called

,the natural sine

,we may easily

deduce its value from the tabular logarithm by making use of

the table of logarithm s of numbers .

Thus L sin . or log . sin .

Referring to the table of logarithm s of numbers, we find

this to be the value of 5,or —1

2

123. One case,however

,occurs in which the value of the

function itself is frequently required . It is that of the versine.

Page 93: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

80 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

The values of the natural versm e are therefore recorded in a

table for every minute of angle from 0°

to

By means of a column of ‘ proportional parts for seconds,

constructed upon the same principle as those given with thelogarithms of numbers, the natural versine of an angle givento the nearest second may be readily determined with greatexactness.

Since the value of the versine in general takes a fractionalform

,it is found advantageous for convenience in printing the

tables .to multiply each versine by 1000000 ; in other words,to

omit the decimal point .In order

,therefore

,to obtain the real value of the versine

from that given in the tables,which is called the tabular versine

,

we must first divide by that quantity .

Thus the tabular versine of 60° is given as 500000.

Therefore vers . 60°500000

1000000 2

124 . The following example will serve to explain the methodof using the table of natural versines

Let it be required to find the tabular versine of 78° 16’27

The value of the tabular versine of 78° 16’ is found directlyto be 796643. To find the quantity to be added for we

carry the eye along the horizontal line of figures set on theright-hand page against 27” until the column headed 78° 0’ i sreached

,whence is taken the number 128

,being the part

for 27

Then we have

tabular versine of 78° 16’

796643

part for 27”128

tabular versine of 78° 16’27 796771 .

H ad the number of minutes in the given angle been 30,or

greater than 30,the parts for seconds would have been taken

from the vertical column headed 78°

125 . Again , suppose we have given the tabular versine

4 39672, and that it is required to find the corresponding angle .

Page 94: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E ARRANGEMENT OF LOGAR’ITHMIC TABLE S . 81

We find in the tables that , the tabular versine of

55°

is the next in value be low that given . Thus

tabular versm e given 4 39672

tabular versine of 55° 55’

4 39602

difference 70

This difference must be due to the parts for seconds .Looking out 70 in the column headed 55

°

we find that 70lies m idway between the parts for 17 and for 18 seconds . The

angle 55° 55’

18”may therefore be taken for the value required .

126 . A few examples are added here to assist the student infamiliarising himself with the arrangement of the several tables .In Part III .

,the practical portion of this treatise

,ample

opportunity will be afforded of acquiring proficiency in theready and accurate practical use of logarithms and logarithmictables .

The following two loga/rithms will be frequtred in solving some

of the examples

Log . 2 801030 ; log . 3 ° 4 77121 .

1 .Deduce from the table of logarithms of numbers the

tabular logarithms of sin . tan . sin, cos . cot .

and tan .

2 .Prove that L tan . A L cot. A 20

,and that L cos. A

L tan . A L cosec . A 30 .

3. i f L sin . A 97 00280, and L cos . A 99 37092,

find

L tan . A .

4 . If L tan . A exceeds L sin . A by 0 62762,find the value

of L cos . A .

5 . Given L sin 9 74 1889 , and L cos 99 21107,

find L cosec . A .

6 . If L sec . A L cosec . A find L sin . 2A .

7. If L hav . A 98 01030,

find L cos. A .

8 . If L cos. A 9 4 77121 , find the tabular versine

Page 95: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

82 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

9. If L hav . 2A 98 4 7188,find L sin . A .

10 . If the tabular versine of A 1500000,

find L hav . A .

11 . If L hav . A 90 00000,

find . the tabular versine

of A .

12. The difference between the tabular versines of two anglesis 300000, and the sum of their tabular logarithmic cosines is

19 find the natural cosines of the angles .

CHAPTER XVI .

ON TH E FORMULA: FOR TH E SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES.

127. WE have now reached a point where the actual valueof trigonometry, considered as a practical

science,becomes

manifest . One of its principal obj ects , as its name implies, wasto establish certain relations between the sides and angles of

triangles,so that when some of these are known the rest may

be determined . Certain relations of this kind we have already

from geometry . We shall proceed to determine others .

128 . E very triangle has six parts, as they are termed,Viz .

three sides and three angles , some of which being given we are

able to determine the remainder .The simplest cases which occur are those which deal with

right-angled triangles . These will therefore be first treated

129 .Let ABC be a triangle having

.

the angle at C a right

angle .Let the letters a

,b,c be the measures of the sides

opposite to the angles A ,B, C respectively.

0

130 . In any right-angted triangle each side . is equal to the

Page 96: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

FORMULZE FOR TH E SOLUTION OF TRIANGLE S . 83

product of the hypothenuse into the sine of the opposite angle, or

08 equal to the'

prodnet of the hypothennse' tnto the 008ine of the

adjacent angleBC a

By definltion,AB 0

sm . A ;

a a sin . A .

Again,bydefinition

, figf —Zg cos. A

b 0 cos. A .

131 . In the sameaway it “ may be shown -that»a 1) tan . A

,

or b cot . B ; or, as it may be stated in words In any right

angled triangle each side 08 equal to the product of the tangent

of the opposite angle into the other side,or is equal to the paoduct

of the cotangent of the adjacent angle into the other side .

Generally it will be found that one side of a right—angledtriangle may always be expressed in the form of a product

,in

which one o f the other sides is multiplied by some function ofone of the angles of the triangle :

Collecting these results,we have

a e siri. A or'

b 0 cos. A or c

'

sin . B or a tan . B or a‘

cot . A ;

c a cosec . A or a sec : B or h cosec . B or 5 sec . A .

132 . The formulae now to be established are true for all

plane triangles,right-angled or otherwise .

133. I n any triangle the sides are proportional to the sines ofthe opposite angles.

B C

Let ABC be any triangle, and from A draw AD perpen~

dicular to the opposite ” side, mee ting that side or side produced,G 2

Page 97: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

84 PLANE. TRIGONOMETRY .

£ 3?

in 1D.If B and C be both acute angles, we have from the left

hand figure

AD AB sin .,B,and AD AO sin . 0 .

Therefore AB sin . B AO sin . 0 .

0 sin . 0

1) sin . BIf one of the angles

,as C , be obtuse

,we have from the

right-hand figure

AD : AB sin . and AD : AO sin . (180°

C) AO sin . 0 .

Therefore AB sin . B = AO sin . 0 .

0 sin. 0

.

b sin . BIf the angle 0 be a right angle

,we have from the

art. 129

AO AB 8111. B ;‘

c 1 sin . 0

6 sin . B sin. BSimilarly it may be shown that

a sin . Aand

a'

b sin . B’

0

These results may be written thus

sin . A sin . B sin . 0

a b c

134 . To empress the cosine of an angle of a triangle in terms

of the sides .

Let ABC be a triangle,and f suppose C an acute angle, as in

the left-hand figure. Then by E uclid,II . 13

,

AB 2 BC,

2AG2 2BQ CD,

and CD AO COS .,O ;

c?

a? 62 2a?) cos . C .

Page 99: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

86 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

Similarly we shall have

b= a cos . C c cos. A ,and c b ocs. A a cos. B .

136; The value of the cosine of an angle in‘

terms of thesides may be made to depend on this property . Thus

c a cos . B b Gos. A 02

ao cos. B be cos. A

By; adding eachside of the first two equations, and from the

sum subtracting the third equation,we obtain

b2 C2

012

ACOS

260

and in the same.

way the values for cos. B and cos . 0 may

be derived .

137. To express the sine,the cosine

,and the tangent of haif of

an angle of a triangle in terms of the sides.

Toshow that

8 111 where 8

cos. A = 1 —2 sin

1 cos. A

b2 c2

12bc (art . 134)

2bc 52 c2+ a2

260

Then a + b—a = 2s —2c,anda —b + c = 28 —2b;

Page 100: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

FORMULJE FOR TH E SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES. 87

A 213 f l?)therefore 2 sin 2

2 260

And the sign to be affixed» to the root symbol must be alwayspositive

,since A

,being an angle of a triangle

,must be less than

and therefore é less than2

Next to show that

a b 0

cos . A 2 cos .

therefore 2 cos . cos . A 1

b? C2

2bc

b” 260 c2

260

260

But if a b + c = 2s,b + c —a = 2s —2a ;

therefore

Therefore

From the values of sin and cos we obtain

8 a)

And, as in the case of the sine , since é is always less than

Athe values of cos. andtan

?

muSt always be positive .

2

Page 101: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

'

88 PLANE ‘ TRIGONOMETRY .

express”

the haversine of an angle in terms of the sides.

2 .2_

2

cos. A _

b + 6 a

2bc

52+ c2

1 . A = Icos

2bc

a2 -b2+ .2bc—c

2

2bc

2190

But 1—cos . A=vers . A : 2 hav . .A ;

Since,as pointed out in art . 121

,hav . A z sin .

2 the value

here obtained for hav. A might . have been deduced from thatA

found for sm .

gm the p receding article . The expression for the

haversine,however

,is of very great importance in the solution

of triangles , and the proof is therefore exhibited separately .

139 . To express'

the sine of. an angle of a triangle in terms ofthe sides.

Sin . A 2 sinfé A2 2

be

140. To show that

a + 6 8 sin . A + . sin . B

Page 103: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

90 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

143. Since the three angles of a triangle are equal tothe following results will hold

(1) Sin . (A B ) sin . C .

(2) Cos. (A B ) cos. 0 .

(3) Sin .

AgB

cos

A B CCOS .

2

—2

_

144 . By the employment of suitable artifices a large numberof relations may be established between the angles and sides ofa triangle in addition to those already gwen .

Thus,let it be required to show that

,if A

,B,C be the

angles of a triangle,

cos. A + cos. B —é.B

,Q _

2 2 2

Since cos. C cos . (180° A B ) cos. (A B ) ,

Therefore

cos. A cos . B cos. 0 cos. A cos. B cos . (A B)

2 cos.

A + Bcos.

A —m B1

2 2 2.

A + Bcos.

~

A B

2 2

2 cos.

A + B2 cos .

2

cos

ExAMPLEs .

—XXII .

1 . In any

plane triangleABC establish the followingtions

(1) sm . B +‘

sin . o 4 cos ? "

1

53

”gA 13(2) Sin . A sm . B sin . C 4, sin .

” 20Q

02

.

(3) Sin .

2 A sin ? B sin ? o—2 0 0 8 .

1A cos. B 00 8 . o

Page 104: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

FORMULJE FOR TH E SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES . 9 1

A B C A Bt .(4) Got

2cc

2-l_ cot

2cot

2cot

2cot

(5) Tan . é tan .1; tan .

-

2tan g tan .

92tan

(6)sin . A sin . B sin . 0 B

(7) Got . A cot . B cot . C cot . A cot . B cot . Ccosec . A cosec . B cosec . C .

(8) Cos é -iB + C A + O A +B

2 2 2 4 4 4

(9) Sin . 2A sin . 2B sin . 20 4 sin . A sin . B sin . 0 .

(10) Cos.2A cos.2B cos. 20 4 cos.A cos .B 1= 0 .

2. Show that if in the t riangle ABC the angle 0 is a right

angle,the following relations hold

(1) Got .

é b 6°

2 a

B a,

-2 2c

Cos . 2B cos. 2A

sin . 2A

(4) Sec . 2A

(2) Sin .

tan . A tan . B .

3. In any plane triangle ABC prove the following relations

(1) a sin . g(B (b

(2) a cos.

2§ 13 cos .2 0 cos .2

A C2 2c cos a cos.

2 2

(3) a sin . (B

(4 )sin . A cos. A cos . C cos. Bsin . B cos. B cos. 0 00 8 . A

'

(5) (921) eds. A cos. B"

+ cos. 0 3 .

Page 105: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

2 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

(6) Sin . 2A sin . 2B sin . 20

4 cos. A cos . B cos. C (tan . A tan . B tan .

A cos. 0 cos. B(7) COt °

2 sin . B sin . C

(8) (s—a) tan .

2 (s —I§_ (s—c) tan .

(9) Ifp , g, 7. be the perpendiculars from A

, ,

B,C upon the

opposite sides,then

1? sin . A z g sin . B z fr sin . 0 .

(10) (az—b2) sin . A = a c sin . (A—B ) .

1+ cos. (A—C ) cos. B a2+ c

2

(12) 4,then

A_

a+ o2 cos.

—2 b

(13) 4 (te sin .

2%+ ca sin 2 2 (a? b2 c

”)

(14) If 2a=b+ c tan .

4 . Show that the area of a triangle is given by each of thefollowing expressions

12

A B(2) tan .

5-

2"

2

(3)2 sin . A (

cos. B cos. C + cos. A ) .

Sin . A(4) m (c—a cos . B) (b—a cos . C) .

5 . If two triangles],

have angles A,B, _C,and 90 90

°—2,C2respectively, and a common side a opposite to the first

i f. l 1 1

Page 107: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

94 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

146 . Since the three angles of a triangle are together equal

to tworight angles,if two angles A

,B of the triangle ABC be

A given, the Value of the third angle may beobtained by subtracting the sum of A and

B from147. Let ABC be a right-angled tri

angle,having the angle C a right angle .

Since in the right angle one part is

always given , it will be necessary that onlyC

'

two other parts should be given; The

several cases that may occur divide themselves . into two heads,

according as we have giveni. Two sides as a

,b.

ii . One side and one angle as a,A .

148 . To solve a right-angled triangle, having gwen two sides .

Let us suppose that the two sides ct,b are given .

The third side might at once be found from the well-known

relation between the ” sides of a rightangled triangle c2 b2 .

The“

employment of this formula,

giving,as it does

,the value of 0

2 in the

_

1’ form of the sum of the squares of thetwo known quantities

,would deprive a s

of the advantage to be derived from theuse of logarithm s : such a form shouldtherefore in general be avoided .

It will commonly be more advantageous first to determinea,

1)

therefore log . tan . A = log . a—log . b,

and L tan . A = 10+ log. a—log. b.

Having found thevalue of A from the tables,S1nce A + B

to obtain B we have only to subtract A fromTo find a we have

,by art . 131

,

c= d cosec . A .

log . c= log. a + log. cosec . A = log . a -i-L cosec . A—l ’

O.

one of the unknown angles . Thus tan .

A

Page 108: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON TH E SOLUTION OF RIGHT-ANGLED TRIANGLES.

149 . If the parts given be one side and one angle,as a

,A

,we

may at once find the value of the third angle B by subtracting thesum of

'

A,C from To find the sides 6

,cwe have

,by art . 131

,

b= a cot . A ;c= a cosec . A ;

whence the values of the two sides may be determined as

already explained .

CHAPTER XVIII .

ON THE SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES OTHER THAN RIGHT-ANGLED.

150 . IN the solution of triangles other than right-angled,

four cases present themselves, according as we have given

(I .) Three sides a , b, 0 .

(IL) Two angles and one'

side,as A

,B

,a or A

,B,c.

(111 ) Two sides,and the angle opposite to one

.of those

sides,

as a,b,A .

(IV .) Two sides and the moluded angle,as a

,b, C .

The several cases will be considered in order .

CASE 1 .

151 . Given the three sides ao,5,c tosolve the triangle.

The parts required are the three angles of the triangle .In art . 134 we have established the formula

2 2_

2

cos. A6 (1,

This formula(

may sometimes be adopted in simple cases .

Thus let a=‘

5,

—25 40 5,

Then we have cos. A —56

—5—6—7

.

Therefore L cos . A = 10+ log . 5—log . 7

10+ log.

log . 7 °84 5098

L 00 8 . A =

whence vA = 4 4°

24 ’55

Page 109: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

96 PLANE TR IGONdMETRY .

152. In practice,ho‘

wiever,the custom of resorting at once

to logarithm s is almost universal ; we must therefore have ref

course to one of the logarithmic express1ons, detiuced from’ the

fundamental formula, viz.

A2

A2 be

A (S—b) (S TE) ;2 s (s—a)

be

153. If the student is obliged to‘

confine himself to the useof the ordinary tables of logarithm ic sines

,cosines

,tangents

,850 .

he maymake use of the expression for sin .

é or cos.

13. It is

2 2

of little importance whether one'

or other of these is employed,

but when the value of the angle is required to the nearest

second,itmay be observed that the logarithm of sin .

1

3(A

_ being

always less than will increase as the angle2

increases,

whereas the '

logarithm of the cosine decreases as the angle increases . The process of obtaining by proportion the exact num

ber of seconds is therefore slightly less troublesome for sin .£3.

In the practical solution of triangles it is in general sufficient totake out angles only to the nearest so that it is immaterial

which formula is employed .

154 . If,however

,as in the base 61

Inman’s Collection,a table

of logarithmic haversines is at hand , the solution of the triangle

is somewhat simplified by the adoption of the haversine formula,since in the first place we avoid the root symbol on the right~

hand side of the equation,and in the second place we obtain at

once the value of the angle A,instead of

'

that ' of half the angle,

as in the other cases .

.Reduced to logarithms the formula will appear

L hav . A : 103+log.

I

(s'

log . (3 0)—log. 5—log. 0 .

Page 111: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

98 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY .

CAsE III .

157. Given two sid es a nd the angle opposite to one of them.

Let the parts given be the sides a,b,and the angle A .

The consideration of this case divides itself into two parts

according as the side a,which is opposite to the angle A

,is

greater or less than I) .

First let the side a be greater than I) . For instance,let as

suppose the parts given to be a 72, b 64,A 61

°

We have,from the sine formula

,

L sin . B L sin . A log . 5 log . a,

L sin . Alog . b 18 06180

°

sum 117 4 7999

log . at 18 57333

difference L sin . B

Now,when all that we know of anangle is its sine

,since

sin . A sin . (180°

A ) , there will be two angles less than

180° possessing this sine

,and we may be in doubt which of

these to select .Thus

,in the present instance

,is the tabular

logarithmic sine corresponding to each of the angles 51° 1’

and 128°

58’

Since,however

,the greater angle of every triangle ‘

must be

opposite to the greater side , the value 128°

58’24

” is inadmis

sible,being greater than which is the value of the angle

given as subtending the greater of the two sides .There is

,therefore

,no ambiguity

,and the value 51° 1’

36

is clearly that which we seek .

158 . Secondly, let the same parts be given, viz . a b and A,

but let a be less than 27.

As in the previous case,we have

L sin . B L sin . A log . 5 log . a .

From this formula,as before

,we may obtain two values of

B,each less than and each greater than A .

E ach of these values may therefore be retained consistently

Page 112: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF TRIANGLE S OTHER THAN RIGHT-ANGLED. 9 9

With the necessary condition that the greater angle shall be :opposite to the greater side .

This is an instance of what is known as‘. the ambiguous

case ’ in the solution of triangles,and

,as will be seen

,two

triangles may sometimes be found which satisfy the givenconditions .As a simple case

,let a 1

,b VS, A 30

°

Take any straight lineAO V3 units of length .

At A make the angle CAD 30°

With centre 0 ,and distance equal to the unit of length

,

describe a Circle .

This will cut AD in B ,B

’.

We have now two triangles, ABC ,AB ’C

,which satisfy the

given conditions , viz . that a 1,b V3, A

To obtain the angles B ,B

’ we have

sin . B 533111 . 30° “23

.

CL

Thus B may be either as in the triangle ABC,or

as in AB ’C .

159 . The geometrical construction given in the precedingarticle may be extended to illustrate generally the several casesinvolved in the solution of

a triangle,in which the parts given

are the two sides, and the angle opposite to one of thesesides .

Thus,having given A ,

a,b,to construct the triangle ABC .

As before,draw -the straight line AO equal to b

,and at the

point A in CA make the angle CAB equal to A .

With centre 0 radius CB,equal ‘

to a,describe an arc of

a'

circle .

In order that be constructed having the

11 2

Page 113: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

l 00 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

assigned parts, AB must either touch or cut the circumferenceof this circle .

First let AB touch the circumference of the circle .

Then ABC is the triangle required, and it has one angle Ba right angle .

Next let the radius CB,or a

,be greater than 5. Then CB

will cut AB twice but one point of intersection will lie upon

the left of A,as B Thus there will be one triangle only

,viz .

ABC,which possesses the given parts A

,a,b.

Thirdly,let CB be less than CA or I) . Then

,as shown in

the previous article the circumference of the circle will intersect AB in two points B

,B

,upon the same side of A

,and two

triangles will be formed , ABC , AB’C

,each of which has the

given values for the angle A and the sides a,b.

160 . It should be observed that a must not be less thanb sin . A

,for in that case OB would be less than CD

,so that the

construction would fail , and no triangle could be formed havingthe values given for its several parts .

CASE IV.

161. Given two sides,and the included angle, to solve the

triangle .

Let the parts given be the two sides a,b and the angle C .

We have to determ ine the two remaining angles A,B

,and

the third side 0 .

We may sometimes in simple cases make use of the formula

02

a? b2 2ah cos . 0 .

Then , having the three sides, we may proceed to find the

angles 83

8 already explained .

In practice,however

,it rarely happens that the use of this

formula is advantageous , and though by suitable artifices the

Page 115: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

102 g 3 if :TRIGONOME TRY .

Therefore

“ log. t rem iilog . s+ 1og <s—a) + log. (s—b) + log (M M

Thus in every case where we have sufficient data to solvethe triangle we are in a position to find its area.

CHAPTER XIX .

PROBLEMS ON TH E SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES .

164 . WE shall show in the present chapter the practicalapplication of the processes explained in previous chapters indeterm ining the heights and distances of Visible but inaccessibleobj ects .

The following definitions will be requiredThe angle which the line joining the eye of the observer with a

distant object makes with the horizontal p lane is called the angle

of elevation when the object is above the observer .

The same angle is called the angle of depression when the objectis below the observer .

By means of a theodolite , angles between objects situated inthe Same horizontal or vertical plane may be observed ; bymeans of a sextant the angle between obj ects situated in any

plane may be determined .

165. Tofind the height of a column standing on a horizontal

plan e, thebase of the column being attainable .

Let AB be the vertical column .

From the base B measure the horizontal line BC in anydirection .

At 0 obserye the angle of elevationACB .

Then AB BC tan . ACB .

The line BC is called a base line.

The employment of such a base lineis very general in problem s oi

'

this 0

nature,and its careful measurement is essential to accuracy in

the final result .

Page 116: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PROBLEMS ON TH E SOLUTION : OF TRIANGLES . 103

166 . Tofind the height of a, flag-stafi

'

on the top of a tower .

Let AB be the flag-stafi

'

standing on the tower BC .

From C measure the base line CD .

At D observe the angles of elevation ADC , BDC .

Then AB AO 130 01) tan . AD'

o 0D tan . EDO.

167. To find the height of as column standing on a horizontal

plane, when the base of the column is inaccessible

Let AB be the column .

Measure a distance CD in the same horizontal line with B .

A t 0 D observe the angles of elevation AOB , ADB .

Then ln the triangle ACD we know the angle ACD,since it

is the supplement of the angle ACB . Moreover the angle ADC

is known,and also the side CD .

Therefore AO may be determined .

Then in the triangle AOB

AB AO sin . ACB .

168 . Tofind the distance between two inaccessible oojeets in

the same horizontal p lane .

Let A,B be the obj ects .

Page 117: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

1O4 PLANE TRIGONOM TRY .

Measure a base l ine CD in the same horizontal plane as A,B .

A t 0 observe the angles ACB ,BOD .

At D observe the angles ADC and BDA .

Then in the triangle ADC we know the angles ACD and

ADC,and the side CD .

H ence AO may be determined .

In the triangle BDC we have the angles BDC,BCD and

the side CD .

Hence BC may be determined . 10

Then in the triangle ABC , having the two sides AO, BC antithe included angle ACB

,AB may be obtained .

169 .—The practical portion of this work will furnish the

student with abundant exercise in the solution of practical

problem s,involving heights and distances

,by the aid of loga

rithmic tables . In the collection of examples which follows theresults required may be established without the aid of logarithms.

Many of the examples here given have been proposed in theperiodical examinations for the rank of lieutenant held at theRoyal Naval College during the past five years .

EXAMPLES .

—XXIII .

1 . From the top of a perpendicular cliff two rocks are

observed in a straight line with the base which are known tobe a yards apart their respective depressions are a and 3a °

a sin . 3a

2 cos . a.

2 . A man walking due east along a straight road observesthat a certain church tower bears E .N .E . a m ile farther on

the bearing of the tower is N .N .E . show that the shortestdistance of the tower from the road is half a mile .

show that the height of the cliff is

Page 119: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

106 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY;

from the foot of the pedestal ; show that the height of the

statue is 21 feet .11 . A fort is seen from a ship bearing when the

ship has sailed due east 4 miles it bears N .N .E . show that the

12 . The elevation of a tower standing on a horizontal planeis observed to be 0 ; at a station m feet nearer it is 90° 0

,

and at a point n feet nearer still it is 20 : show that the height

13. On the bank of a river a column 186 feet high supports

a statue 31 feet high the statue,to an observer on the

opposite bank, subtends the same angle as a man 6 feet highstanding at the foot of the column : show that the breadth ofthe river is approximately 985 feet .

14 . An observer at the sea-level notices that the elevationof a certain mountain is a ; after walking directly towards it

for a distance d along a road inclined at an angle ry to the

horizontal,he finds the elevation of the mountain to be ,

8

sin . (fy—B)sin . (a—B)

15 . From the top of a tower, which stands near a river,it

is observed that the distance of the foot of the tower from theriver subtends the same angle as the breadth of the river ; theheight of the tower being h

,and the distance of the tower from

2 2

16 . A tower standing on a horizontal plane is surroundedby a moat

,which is equal 1n width to the height of the tower ;

a person at the top of another tower,whose height is h

,and

distance from the moat e,observes that the first tower subtends

an angle of show that the height of the first tower is

h2 C2

h—c

17 A person wishing to determine the length of an in

accessible0 wall places him self due south of one end,and due

west of the other,at such distances that the angle subtended by ,

show that the height of the mountain is d sin . a

the river at : show that. the breadth of the river is

Page 120: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PROBLEMS ON THE SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES. 107

the wall is in each case equal to a . If t be the distance between the two stations, show that the length of the wall isl tan .a .

18 . A and B are two points in a level field,which is adjacent

to a lake,in which are moored two buoys

,C and D ; A is

distant 01yards from B and both at A and B the distance CDsubtends an angle a : show that i f the straight lines AD and

BC are inclined at an angle 9,the distance between C and D is

eithercl sin . a cl sin . a

sin . (9 a) sin . (9 a)

19 . A flag-stafi

'

9. feet long stands on the top of a tower 6feet high ; an observer

,whose eye is 0 feet above the level of

the foot of the tower,

finds that the staff and the tower subtendequal angles at his eye : prove that the length of the straightline Joining his eye to the foot of the tower is

yards.

20. The top of“

a ladder placed against a vertical wall,the

foot of which'

makes an angle of a with the horizon,rests on a

window-sill ; when its foot is moved m feet farther away from

the wall,it makes an angle

,8 with the horizon , and rests on a

second sill : show that the distance between the two sills is

a + 32

21 . A column on a pedestal 20 feet high subtends an angle

of 4 5° to a person standing on the level ground upon whichthe column stands ; on approaching 20 feet the observer finds

that the angle subtended is again show that the height of

the column is 100 feet .

m cot .

Page 121: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

CHAPTER XX .

OF TRIANGLES AND POLYGONS INSCRIBED IN CIRCLES, AND

CIRCUMSCRIBED ABOUT THEM.

170. To find the mdine of the circle inscribed in a triangle.

Let ABC be.

a triangle , O the centre of the inscribed circle,which touches the sides BC , CA ,

AB in D,E,F respectively.

Let r denote the radius of the circle .Then

area of triangle 130055130 on

area of triangle AOG =%AC OE

area of triangle AOB

Therefore,by addition

,

r=area of triangle AB C= S (art . 142)

S

8

therefore r

Thus the radius of the inscribed circle is equal to the areaof the triangle divided by one-half

'

the sum of the sides .

171. A circle which touches one side of a triangle , and theother two sides produced . is called an escribed circle.

172. To find the radius of an escribed circle .

Let ABC be a triangle,and let 0 be the centre '

of'

the circlewhich touches the side BC in D,

and AO, AB‘

produced in E ,F

Page 123: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

l 1O PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

angle at the circumference upon the Same base,the angl

'

e’

BOC

is double of the angle BAC . (Euc . III .

But the angle 1300 is double of the angle BOD.

Therefore the angle BOD the angle BAC .

In the triangle BOD ,BD BO sin . A .

a aTherefore‘2

R sin . A,and R

2 sin . Ab'

l l'

t b h th RSlml ar y 1 may e s own at2 sin . B

174 . To find the radi i of the inscribed and circumscribed

circles of a regular polygon .

Let AB be the side of a regular polygon,that is

,of a polygon

which has all its sides and angles equal,and let n be the number

of sides .

Let 0 be the centre of the circles , OD the radius ofscribed

,and 0A that of the circumscribed circle .

Let AB = a,

=OA R,OD = fr .

The angle AOB 13 the nth part of four right angles °

therefore AOB BE,and AOB ?_r

70 7L

Page 124: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PROPERTIES OF TRIANGLES . 1 11

and AD R sin 7° tan

Therefore.

R7T

2 sinW

2 tan .

n n

The area of the polygon may be expressed by means of theradius of the inscribed circle

,or by that of the circumscribed

circle .Thus

,the area of the polygon n times the area of the

triangle AOB

n . AD . OD = n n7°2 tan

Again,since AD R sin and OD R cos

therefore the area of the polygon n R 2 sin

n R 2 sin .

175 . To prove that if 9 be the circular measure of a positive

angle less than a right angle, 9 is greater than sin . 9, but less than

Let AOB be any angle less than a right angle,and let OB

CA .

From B draw BD perpendicular to GA ,and produce it to

C,so that D0 DB ,

and join 0 0

Draw BE at right angles to OB ,meeting

° OA producedE , and j oin EC .

Page 125: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

1 12 PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

Then the triangles BOD,COD are equal in all respects

,so

that the angle BOD is equal to the angle COD .

Therefore the triangles BOE,COE are equal in all respects

,

the angle E CO is a right angle , and E 0 EB .

With centre 0,and radius OB

,describe an arc ofa circle BAG.

This will touch EB at B,and E C at G.

Then if we may assume provisionally that the straight lineBC is less than the arc BAC , we have BD,

the half of thestraight line

,less than BA

,the half of the arc .

BD BA

OBis less than

DB ;that 1s

,the sme of the

angle AOB is less than its circular measure .Again

,if we assume that the arc BAC is less than the sum

of the two straight lines EB and EC , we have AB less than EB .

AB EBHence is less than that is, the circular measureOB OH

of the angle AOB is less than its tangent .

Therefore

176 . With regard to the two assumptions that have beenmade

,the first is sufficiently obvious to be readily admitted .

The second one, namely, that the two straight lines EB ,EC are

together greater than the arc BAC ,requiresmore consideration .

A t the point A in the figure of the preceding°

article,draw the

straight line FG,touching the arc, and meeting EB ,

E C in F,G.

Then because two sides of a triangle are together greaterthan the third, it follows that BE ,

E C are together greater thanBF

,FG

,GO.

Now if the angle BOO2”

where n is a positive integer,

n

BE,EC will be together equal to the side of

'

a regular polygonof n sides described about the circle of which BAC is an arc .

Again,since FB

,FA are tangents drawn to the circle from

the same point F .

Therefore FB is equal to FA .

For a sim ilar reason GC is equal to GA .

Therefore BF,FG

,G0 are together equal to twice FG that

is,they are together equal to two sides of a regular polygon of

2n sides described about the circle .

Page 127: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

l I4 PLANE TRIG'

ONOMETRYA

178 . I t follows from the preceding article ’

that the limi t ofa

m sin . when m increases 1ndefinitely, is a .

on

For m sina

andWhenmbecomes indefinitely

a

m

Similarly the . limit of ,m tan when on increases inde

finitely, is a .

179 . Tofind the area of a circle .

By art. 174 the area of a regular polygon of n sides" de

scribed about a given circle of radius7T

n

nfr2 tan .

Now when n is increased without limit, the figure of thepolygon approaches the form of the c1role

,and » therefore the

area of the circle will be ,equal to . the limit of the above

expression .

But when n is indefinitely great n tan by art .

Therefore the area of the circle W 2.

'

EXAMPLEs.

—XXIV.

1 . A square and an equilateral triangle are inscribed in thesame circle . Find the ratio between (1) their sides, and (2)their areas .

2: Compare the areas of regular pentagons 1nscr1bed within,

and described about,a given circle .

3. Find the value of the interior angle of any regularpolygon of n sides .

4 . Show that the square described about a circle is equal to

$4. of the inscribed duodecagon.

3

Page 128: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PROPERTIES OF TRIANGLES. 115

_5 . Show that'

the area of a regular polygon inscribed in a

circle is a mean proportional between the areas of an inscribedand circumscribed polygon of half the number of sides .

6 . F ind the’

radii of the inscribed,and each of the escribed

circles of the triangle ABC,when a 5

,b 7, c 9 .

7. With the .usual notation,prove the following relations

4 8°

vmr,

r,

1 1

7'

s

2 I 2 2a w

(6) R (sin . A sin . B sin . C) s.

(7) 4 R2

(cos . A cos. B be.

8 . Show that the distance between the centre of the inscribed circle, and that of the escribed circle touching the sideBC , is

a sec132

.

9. If C is a right angle, show that R ra b

10. If A is a right angle, show that 73

a .

11 . If 0 is the centre of the circle described about the

triangle ABC,and AO is produced to meet BC at D, show

DO cos . (B C) AO cos. A .

12 . Find the angle of the sector in which the chord of the

arc is three times the radius of the circle inscribed in thesector .

13. In any triangle show that the area of the inscribed circle

is to the area of the triangle as 7, to cot .é cot .

E cot. 9.

2 2 2

14 . Show that in any t riangle the radius of the inscribed1 2

Page 129: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

«1 -16 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

circle b ears tothe radius of the circumscribed'

oiréle the ratio of

4 sin .

j “

sin . s1n .

3

2 . 2

15 . If DEF be the triangle formed by the lines joining thefeet of the perpendiculars from A

,B,C upon the opposite sides

,

then the radius of the circle inscribed within DE F is to theradius of the circle inscribed within ABC as

Cos.A cos. B 2 siné-A siné-B siné—C .

FORMULZE OF REFERENCE

1 . In any plane triangle, ABC,

Sin . A sin . B sin . 0

(5)b,

A —b2

_

a + b

(7) be sin . A

(3)

(9) 7”

(6) Tan .

S7°

s—b’ 3

b c11

a2 sin .A ~ 2 sin . B 2 sin . C

2 . The area of a circle of“ radius

(10)

Page 131: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

VIII . (page1

1 . S 9mcot .

2 6

2. Sin. 8 9 10013. 6

sec. 6 N/sec ? 6 1

3. Sin. 6 2 vers. 9 veras.

2 6, cos. 0 1 vers. 6, &c.

3 15 . C to A o0

56 . S 0m

2

8 . Tan. A.

19 . COSGC. A

3 a

10. aQb2 a

2 1 .

IX. (page

1. (1) 1 . (2) 5.

(6) (7) 2.

1(9)

-

Q (10) (11) 0.

2. (1) (2) -mr + (—1)(4) (5) M i i

i.

X. (page

18. 3. 19 . 2 + «IS, 2

XIII . .(page 47)

0 0 9 . (A B ) cos. (A B ) .

Cos. A cos. 7A .

Sin. (2A B ) sin. B .

Sin. 70°

sin.

XVI. (page1. (1) (3)(5) (6)Between 270

°and

Sin . 72°

cos.

(3) M5—W/5 V5).

«5 v5 «5

(5) 0 08 . 81°

sin. 9°.f

Sin. 5A sin .3A .

4 . Sin. 7A sin. 2A .

6 . Cos. (A23

2—3) cos

8 . Cos. 15°

cos. 35°

(2) Cos. sin.

Page 132: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ANSWERS TO THE EXAMPLES . 1 19:

9

XIX . (page

16 . x 2 .

119 . x “

2o

XX . (page4 4 77121, 43 01030, 3 52182, 2 647818.

17 41137. 3. 27 78074 .

17 32395, 9 4339 . 5 . (a) - 5, (6)

2 398970, 3 50515, 334383. 7. 3 751 .

x 9 . 3 172818 .

4 18

g_

511 . x 75.

”w m17. x 5 435.

0

By dividing each logarithm by 3.

XXI (page

1 . L sin . 45°98 49485, L tan. 45

°100 00000, L sin. 30

°9 9 37531 ,

L cos. 30° 93 98970, L cot . 30

°102 38531, L tan. 210

°9 731439 .

XVII’

. (page 58)

11. 6

XVIII. (Raga2. 8 = mr +

4 . 6 = mr +

7T

8 . 6 = 2mr + if .

Page 133: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

120 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

3. 9 763188 .

6 . 9 9 84944 .

9 . 99 23592.

12 .

1 . The sides as” J 2 to .v3 ; the 3 598 8 as 8 to 3 J S.

2 . 3.

1 21 3

4 . 99 37238 . 5 . 100 35974.

8 . 700000.

10. 5061. 11

Page 135: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 136: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

123.

CHAPTER 1.

THE GEOMETRY OF THE SPHERE .

1. A SPHERE is a solid bounded by a surface every point ofwhich is equally distant from a. certain fixed point, which iscalled the centre of the sphere .

The straight line which Joins anypoint of the surface withthe centre is called a radius .

A str8ight line drawn through the centre , and terminated

both ways by the surface , is called a diameter .

2. In order to establish the fundamental theorems uponwhich the science of sphericq l trigonometry is based, it will benecessary to take for granted certain definitions and propositionsof the eleventh book of E uclid . It will be convenient to givehere the definitions which will be required

,and the enunciations

of the propositions , the truth of which we shall have afterwardsto assume .

DEFINITIONS .

3. A straight line is perpendicular,“

or at right angles,'

t0 a

p lane when it makes might angles with every straight

meeting it in tha t p lane (Euc . XI .

def.

Thus if AR be at right anglesto the plane which contains thestraight lines BC ,

BD,B E

,then the

angles ABC , ABD,ABE are each

of them a. right angle .

A p lane is pemendtculwr to a,

p lane, when the straight lines drawn

in one of the planes, perp endicular tothe common section of the two p lanes, are perpendicular to the

other plane (E uc. X1 . def.

Page 137: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

124 SPHERICAL TRLGONOMETRY .

Thus if the plane ABOD be at right angles to the planeABEF, and GH be drawn in the plane ABCD at right angles to

AB,the common section

,

the angles Which GH

makes With H E,H F

,&c . ,

any straight lines drawn

Bin the plane ABEF

,are

all right angles .The

“inclination of a

straight line to a p lane is

the acute angle contained by that straight line, and another drawn

from the point in whieh thefirst line meets the p lane, to the point

in which a'

peejoendicular to thep lane drawnfrom anypoint of the

first line above the plane meets the same p lane (E uc . XI . def.

Thus the‘ inclination of the straight line EF to the plane

ABCD is found by dropping EG perpendicular to the plane from’

any peint E in EF,and joining

PG. The angle EFG is the in‘

D clination of EF to the plane

The inclination of a p lane to a

p lane 113 the acute angle contained

by two straight lines drawn fromany the same point of their

common'

section, at flight ,angles to it, one in one plane,

and. the

other in the other p lane (Euc . XI . def.

Let AB CD ,ABEE be two planes

,of Which the common

section is AB ,and let H G

,HK be drawn in the two planes at

fight angles to AB , then the angle GEK m easures the‘

in

clination of the two planes .

Page 139: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

plane angles ADB , BDO, CDA are greater ' than the third angle,

and the sum of the three angles is together less than four right

gles .

5 . The section of the surface of a sphere, made by any p lane,

is a circle.

Let AB be the section of a spheremade by any plane, 0 the centre of

the sphere .

Draw 00 perpendicular to theplane

,so that 0 0 produced both

ways is a diameter of the sphere .

Take any point D in the section,and j oin OD, DC .

Since 00 is perpendicular to the

plane, the angle Q OD 18 a right angle

(E uc. XI . def.

Therefore CD2 : OD2 0 02.

But O and C being fixed points, 00 is constant, or has a

fixed value .

And '

OD is constant,for it is a radius of the sphere .

Therefore CD also is constant that is, it has the same value

wherever the point D is taken‘ in the section .

Thus all the points in the plane section are equally distantfrom the fixed point C

,so that the section is a circle, of which 0

is the centre .

6 . If the cutting plane pass through the centre of the SphereOC vanishes

,and CD becomes equal to OD

,the radius of the

sphere .

7. The section of the surface of a sphere is called a great

circle if the plane passes through the centre of the sphere , and a

small circle if the plane ‘

does not pass through the centre of theSphere . The radius of a great circle is therefore equal to theradius of the sphere .

8 . Through the centre of a sphere and any'

two points on itssurface only one plane can in general bedrawn ; but if the two

points are situated at the extremities of a diameter,an infinite

number of such planes can be drawn .

Page 140: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON SPHERICAL GE OMETRY. 127

If therefore two points are hot at the extremity"

of a dial

meter,only one great circle can be drawn through them

,which

is unequally divided at the two points . The shorter of the two

arcs is commonly spoken of as the arc of a great circle joining‘ the two points .

9 . The axis of any circle of a sphere is that diameter ofthe sphere which 18 perpendicular to the plane of the circle

,and

the extremities of the axi s are known as the poles of the circle .Thus in the figure to art . 5

,EF is the axis of the circle ABD

,

and E ,F are the poles of the circle .

In the case of a great circle the poles are equally distantfrom the plane of the circle .With a small circle this is not so

,and the two poles are

called respectively the nearer and the further pole . Thus in the

figure , E is the nearer pole and F the further pole, of which the:near

'

er is commonly known as the pole .

(

10 . A joole of a circle is equally distantfrom any p pint in the‘

circnrnference.

Let 0 be the centre of the sphere, and'

AB be any circle ofthe sphere . Let PP ’ be the axis of

the circle . Then 0,the point in

which the axis meets‘

the plane of

the circle,is the centre of the

'

circle

(art . P,P

’being the poles .

Take any point D m the circnmference of the circle

,and j oin CD

,

PD.

Then PD2:—PC°+ CD2.

But PC,CD are the same in

length wherever D may be .

Therefore PD is constant .Hence the length of the straight line joining the pole P

with any point in the circum ference of the circle is invariable . "

Similarly it may be shown that the pole P’ is eqnallydistant

from every point in the circumference of the circle.Again

,let a great circle be described through the points

P and D,when D 18 any point in the circle AB .

Since the length of the chord PD is the same for'

all points

Page 141: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

128 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

in'

the circumference AB,and since ln equal circles the arcs

which are cut off by equal straight lines are equal (Euc . III .Therefore the arc of a great circle intercepted between P and

D is constant for all positions of D on the circle AB .

Thus the distance of a pole of a circle from every point ofthe circle is constant

,whether the distance be measured by

the straight line joining the points, or by the arc of a greatcircle intercepted between the points .

11. The are of a great circle which is drawn from a pole of a

great circle to anypoint in its circumference is a quad/rant.Let ACBD be a great circle

,and

P its pole,0 being the centre of the

sphere .Join OP

,and draw any diameters

of the circle AOB,COD .

D Because OP is at right angles tothe plane of the circle, thereforePOA

,POO

,POB

,POD are all right

angles (E uc . XI . def.

Therefore the arcs PA ,PC , PB ,

PD are all quadrants (Euc .

VI .

12. Two great circles bisect each other .

Let BAD,BFD be two arcs

of great circles,intersecting one

another in the points B,D .

Then BD,the common sec

tion of the planes of the twogreat circles

,is a straight line

(Euc . XI.

Join BD .

And because the centre ofthe sphere lies in each of the

planes of the circles, it musttherefore be a point in their common section , as 0 .

Therefore BD must be a diameter of the sphere , and of each

of the two circles BAD ,BFD .

Therefore the two circles BAD ,BFD bisect each other.

_

13. If the arcs of great circles joining a point on the surface of

Page 143: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

130 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

COR . Hence it follows that if in the circumference of a

given circle any two points be taken , and arcs drawn through thetwo points at right angles to the given circle, the point of intersection of these two arcs is a pole of the given circle .

15 . Great circles which pass through the poles of anothergreat circle are said to be secondaries to that circle .

Thus,in the figure of art . 14

,PA

,PB are secondary circles

to AB .

16 . Def. A spherical angle is the inclination of two arcs ofgreat circles at the point where they meet .

Thus let ABD,AOB be two

great circles intersecting in A,D

,

and having the straight line ADfor their common section .

And let Ab be the tangent atthe point A to the circle ABD

,

and A othetangent at the point Ato the circle ACD .

Then BAC is a spherical angle .

And since at the point A thetwo arcs AB

,AO have the same

directions as their tangents,the spherical angle BAC is

measured by the angle bA c.

But since Ab,A o are straight lines drawn in the planes ABD

,

ACD at right angles to AD,the common section of the two

planes,the angle bA c measures the inclination of the two planes

(Euc . XI . def.

Hence the spherical angle BAC is equal to the inclinationof the two planes ABD,

ACD.

17. The angle between any two great circles is measured by thearc intercep ted by the circles on the great circle to which they are

secondaries .

Let AB be the arc of a great circle of which P is the pole,so that PA

,PB are arcs of great circles

,secondaries to AH

,and

let 0 be'

the centre of the sphere .

Then the sphe rical angle APE will be measured by the arc AB .

Page 144: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON SPHERICAL GEOMETRY . 131

Because P is the pole of the circle AB,

Therefore the angles POA,POB are each of them right

angles .

Therefore the angle AOB represents the inclination of theplanes of the circles PA

,PB (E uc . XI . def.

But the angle AOB is measured by the arc AB .

Therefore the arc AB measures the inclinations of the planesof the circles PA

,PB .

18 . The angle subtended at the centre of a sphere by the arc ofa great circle which joins the poles of two great circles is equal to

the inclinations of theplanes of the great circles .

Let 0 be the centre of the sphere, CD,GE the two great

circles intersecting in the point C ,

A and B the poles of CD and CE

respectively .

Let a great circle be drawnthrough A

,B

,meeting CD,

GE in

F,G respectively:Join OA

,Q B

,0 0

,OF

,0G.

Because A is the pole of thecircle CDF

,therefore the angle AOG

is a right angle .

And because B is the pole of the circle CEG, therefore the

angle B0 0 is a right angle .

Therefore OO stands at right angles to the two straight lines

0A,OB at the point of their intersection .

Therefore it is at right angles to the plane AOB (Enc . XI .4 )

K 2

Page 145: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

132 SPHER ICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

Therefore 0 0 is at right angles to OF,0G

,two straight

lines in the plane AOB .

Hence,F0G represents the inclination of the two planes

Q OD,OCE (Euc. XI . def.

And since the angles AOF,BOG are both right angles

,

therefore the angle AOB =AOF—BOF=BOG—BOF=FOG .

That is,the angle subtended at the centre of the Sphere by

the arc of a great circle j oining A,B,the poles of the two circles

CD,GE

,is equal to the inclination of the planes of the circles

CD . GE .

19 . To compare the arc of a small circle,subtending any angle

at the centre of that circle, with the arc of a great circle subtending the same angle at its centre .

Let ahbe the arc of a small circle,3 the centre of the circle

,

P the pole of the circle, 0 the centre of the sphere .

Through P draw the great circlesP PaA

,PbB

,meeting the great circle of

which P is a pole at A and B respec

c tively .

Join ca,cb

,0A , OB .

Because P is the pole of ab,

Therefore the angles Poa,P cb are right

angles .Therefore the angle ach represents

the inclination of the planes PaA,PbB

(E nc . XI . def.And because P is the pole of AB ;

therefore the angles POA,POB are right angles .

Therefore the angle AOB represents the inclination of theplanes PaA ,

PbB (E uc . XI . def.

Therefore the angle aob is equal to the angle AOB .

And are ab arc AB

radius ca radius 0Athe circular measure of the angle aob or AOB (Part I . art .

for these fractions represent

aTherefore rc ab ra<11us ca

arc AB radlus CA

are ab ca caHence 8 1n . POa= cos. aOA : cos. aA .

arc AB OA Oa

Page 147: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

134 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

sphere be given we may always obtain the actual length of anare which subtends a given angle at its centre

,by means of the

circular measure of the angle .

Thus,let us suppose that the sphere depicted in art . 20

represents the earth,and that B

,C are two places on the earth’s

surface . Let us also suppose that the arc BC j oining the twoplaces subtends an angle of and that the radius of the earthis known to be miles . Then

,by Part 1 . art . 17, the cir

onlar measure of the angle B00 is g—g.

ThereforeBC B0 77

OB 4 000 4

Bo Z4000, or 3143 miles nearly .

22 . As shownin art . 16,the spherical angle formed at A by

the arcs AB,AO is equal to the inclination of the planes which

contain the two arcs .The angles of a spherical triangle are therefore the inclina

tions of the plane faces which form the solid angle .

23. It is found convenient in spherical trigonometry to agreethat each side of a triangle shall be less than a semicircle .

Thus in the figure let ADEB be a great circle , divided by Aand B into two unequal arcs ADEB

,AFB

,of which ADEB is

greater than a semicircle .

Thus the triangle ABC may be regarded as formed by thearcs CA ,

CB,AFB

,or by the arcs CA ,

CB ,ADEB .

It is to be understood,when the triangle ABC is spoken of

,

that it is.

the first of these , namely, the triangle formed by thearcs CA ,

CB , AFB which is meant .

Page 148: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON CERTAIN PROPERTIES OF SPHERICAL TRIANGLES . 135

24 . And if each side of a spherical triangle is less than a

semicircle,it will follow also that each angle of a spherical

triangle will be less than two right angles.

For let a triangle be formed by BC , CA ,and BDEA

,having

the angle BOA greater than two right angles .Let E be the point where BC if produced will meet AE .

Then BDE is a sem icircle (art .

Therefore EDEA is greater than a semicircle ; that is, theproposed triangle is one which we have agreed to exclude fromconsideration .

25 . P olar triangle .

Let ABC be a spherical triangle,and let the points A ’

,B

, C’

be those poles of BC,CA

,AB which lie on the same sides of those

arcs as the opposite angles A,B

,0 .

Then the triangle A’B’C’ is saidto be the polar triangle of thetriangle ABC .

Since each side of a sphericaltriangle has two poles

,eight tri

angles in all may be formed havingfor their angular points poles ofthe sides of the given triangle

,but

in only one of these do the polesA

,B

,C

’ lie towards the same parts

with the corresponding angles A,B,C,and this is the one

which is known as the polar triangle .

The triangle ABC is known as the primitive triangle withrespect to the triangle

Page 149: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

136 SPHERICAL TR IGONOMIETRY .

If one triangle be the polar triangle of another, the latter will

be the polar triangle of theformer .

Let ABC be a triangle,and A’B’C’ its polar triangle .

It is required to show that thetriangle ABC is the polar triangle

ofFirst t o prove that A is a pole

of B ’C

’.

Since B ’ is a pole of AC

Therefore B ’A is a quadrant .

And since 0 ’ is a pole of AB,

Therefore C ’A is a quadrant .

Hence since AB ’

,AO

are both quadrants, A is a pole of

B'C

(art .

Next to show that A,A ’ lie upon the same side of B ’

C’.

Since A ’ is a pole of BC , and A ,A

’ lie upon the same side of

Therefore A ’A is less than a quadrant .And since the arc AA ’

,drawn from A

,a pole of B

’C

,to A ’

,

is less than a quadrant,the two points A

,A

’must lie upon the

same side of B ’C

.

Similarly it may be shown that B is a pole of A ’O

,and

that B,B

’are upon the same side of A

’O

’. Also that O is a

pole of A’B

,and that O and C

’are on the same side of A ’

B’.

Thus ABC is the polar triangle of

26 . The sides and angles of the polar triangle are respectivelythe supp lements of the angles and sides of the primitive triangle.

Let the side B ’

C’ of the ‘

polar triangle, produced ii'

mecessary

,meet the sides AB

,AO,pro

duced if necessary,in D

,E .

Then since A is the pole ofB

’C

,the arc DE measures the

angle A (art .

Because B ’ is a pole of AO,

Therefore B ’E is a quadrant .

Andbecause‘C

’ is apole ofAB ,

Therefore C ’D is a quadrant .Therefore B ’

E,C ’D are together equal to a semicircle.

Page 151: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

138 SPH ERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

29 . Any two sides of a spherical triangle are together greater

than the third.

For any two of the three plane anglesAOB

,A 0 0

,B0 0

,Which form the solid

angle at O,are together greater than the

third (E uc . XI .

Therefore any two of the arcs AB ,AO

,

0 BC,which measure these angles respec

tively , are together greater than the third .

From this proposition it is clear thatany side of a spherical triangle is greater

than the difference of the other two .

30 . The sum of the three sides of a spherical triangle is less

than the circumference of a great circle .

The sum of the three plane angles which form the solid

angle at O is less than four right angles (Enc . XI .

Therefore the sum of the circular measures of these angles isless than the circular m easure of four right angles .

AB+BC

+.AO

0A+ +OA 0A

Therefore AB BC AO is less than 277 x 0A ; that is ,the sum of the three arcs is less than the circumference of a

great circle .

Therefore is less than 27r.

31 . The three angles of a spherical triangle are together greater

than two and less than six right angles .

Let A,B,C be the angles of a spherical triangle

,and let a'

,

b',c

’ be the sides of the polar triangle .

Then by art . 30,a' b' c

’ is less than 27r.

Therefore 7r A 77 B 77 C is less than 27 ;Or

, w

That is,A B C 18 greater than 7r.

And since each of the angles A ,B

, 0 IS less than W,the sum

of A,B

, C is less than 877 .

32 . The angles at the base of an isosceles tria/ngle are equal

to one another .Let ‘AB C be a spherical triangle having

the side AO equalto the side BC

,and let 0 be the centre of the sphere .

Page 152: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ON CERTAIN PROPERTIES OF SPHERICAL TRIANGLES . 139

A t the point A draw a tangent to the arc AO,and let this

meet 0 0 produced in D .

Join BD .

Then in the triangles AOD,

BOD,the side AO is equal to B0 ,

OD is common , and the angle AOD C

is equal to the angle BOD,since

these two angles are measured re

spectively by the equal arcs AO,

CB . Therefore BD AD,and

OBD the right angle OAD .

H ence BD touches the arc BC .

At the points A,B draw tan

gents AT,BT to the arc AB

,and join TD .

Then in the two triangles ATD,BTD we have AT BT

,

being tangents drawn to a circle from the same point T,and

AD is equal to BD,and TD common to both triangles .

Therefore the angle TAD is equal to the angle TED .

And TAD measures the angle BAC,and TED measures

ABC (art .

33. If two angles of a spherical triangle are equal, the opposite

sides are equal.

In the spherical triangle ABC let the angles A,B be equal .

Therefore in the polar triangle the sides a’

,b

’are equal .

Hence in the same triangle the angle s A ’

,B

’are equal (art .

Therefore in the primitive triangle the sides a,b are equal .

34 . If one angle of a syherical triangle be greater than another,

the side opposite to the greater angle is greater than the side Oppo

si te to the less angle.

Let ABC be a spherical triangle

,and let the angle A be

greater than the angle B .

A t A make the angle BADequal to the angle B .

Then because the angle BAD B

is equal to the angle ABD,therefore the arc DE is equal to the

arc DA (art .

Page 153: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

14 0 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

But the two arcs DA,DC are together greater than AO.

Therefore the two arcs DE,DC are together greater than

the arc AO that is,the side BC is greater than AO.

35 . If one side of a spherical triangle be greater than another,

the angle opposite to the greater side is greater than the angle

opposite to the less sicle.

In the spherical triangle ABC let the side BO be greater

than the side AO.

Then shall the angle BAC be greater than the angle ABC .

For if not,the angle BAC must be either equal to or less

than the angle ABC .

If the angle BAC were equal to the angle ABC,then would

the side BC be equal to the side AO (art .

But by hypothesis BC is not equal to AO.

Similarly if the angle BAC were less than the angle ABC

the side BC would be less than the side AO (art .

But by hypothesis BC is not less than AO.

Therefore the angle BAC must be greater than the angle

ABC .

From these two propositions it follows that in any sphericaltriangle A—B

,a—bmust have the same sign .

36 . The following is a summary of the more important pro

perties of spherical triangles established in this chapter .

1 . E ach side of a spherical triangle must be less than a

semicircle (art .

2. E ach angle must be less than two right angles (art .

3. Any two sides of a ‘Spherical triangle are together greaterthan the third (art .

4 . If two sides of a spherical triangle are equal,the angles

Opposite to them are equal,and conversely (arts . 32,

5 . The greater side is opposite to the greater angle,and con

versely (arts . 34 ,6 . A B and a b have the same sign (art .

7 . The three sides of a spherical triangle are together lessthan four right angles .

8 . The“three angles of a spherical triangle are greater than

two right angles and less than six right angles (art.

Page 155: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

14 2 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

Similarly it may be shown thatsin . B sin . Asin . b sin . a

sin . A sin . B sin . C

sin . a sin . b sin . c

38 . To express the cosine of an angle of a spherical triangle interms of sines and cosines of the sides.

Let ABC be a spherical triangle,O the centre of the sphere .

2 Let the tangent at A to the arc AB meet OB produced in D ,

and let the tangent at A to the arc AO meet 00 produced in E .

Join DE .

Then the angle DAE measures the angle A of the triangle,

and the angle DOE measures the side a .

And in the triangles ADE,ODE

DE 2= AD 2 AE 2—2AD AE cos . A .

DE 2= OD2+ OE

2 -2OD OE cos . a .

Therefore,subtracting each side of the first equation from

the second,

ODQ—AD2+ OE 2—AE 2+ ZAD A E cos. A—2OD OE cos . a= 0 .

But since the angles OAD,OAE are right angles

,

—AD2= OE 2 «—AE 2therefore 2OA°

+ 2AD AE cos. A—2OD OE cos. a= 0 .

Therefore OD OE cos . a= OA 2+ AD AE cos . A ;

0A 0A AE AD—E 65

+6E

‘ COS . A .

Page 156: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

FORMULZE CONNECTING SIDES AND ANGLE S . 14 3

Therefore cos. a= cos . b cos . c+ sin . b sin . c 0 0 8 . A ;

cos . a—cos . b cos . ccos . A

8 111 . b a n c

cos . b cos . c cos . asin . 0 sin . a

cos . c cos . a cos . bsin . a sin . b

Similarly

cos. 0

Note .—In the construction of the figure given above

,it has

been assumed that the tangents AD,AE will meet the radii

OB,0 0 respectively, when produced .

That this may be the case it is evident that each of the arcs

AB,AO

,which include the angle A

,must be less than a quadrant .

It is easy,however

,to show that if the theorem is true when

AB,AO are each less than a quadrant

,it is true also when

e ither one , or both of these arcs , are greater than quadrants .

(1) Let one of the sides which contain the angle A,as AB

,

be greater than a quadrant.

Produce BA,BC to meet at B ’

.

Then BAB’

,BCB

are semicircles (art .

Let CB’ z a

.

In the triangle AB’C,since AB ’

,AO are each less than a

quadrant,we have

cos . a’= cos . b cos . c’

+ sin . b sin . 0’ cos . B ’AC .

And a’

7r—a,c

’7r—c

,B

'AC= 7r—A ;

therefore cos . a= cos . b cos . c+ sin . b sin . 0 cos . A .

(2) Let both of the sides AB ,AO

, which contain the angleA

,be greater than quadrants .

Produce AB,AO to meet at A ’

,and let

Page 157: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

1 44 SPHERICAL TRIGONOME TRY .

Then in the triangle-A’BC ' we have

cos. a= cos . b’ cos . c’

+ sin . b’

sin. 3’

cos . A’

.

And b’z 'lr—b

,0'= 7r—C

,A

fz A ;

therefore cos. a= cos . b 00 8 . c+ sin . b sin. c cos. A .

39 . To express the cosine of a side of a spherical triangle in

terms of fanctions of the angles.

Let ABC be any spherical triangle, and A’B’C’ its polar

triangle,so that A ’= 7r—a

,a

’7r—A ,

&c.

In the triangle A’B’C ’ we have

cos . A ’ cos . a’—cos . b’ cos . 3’

sin . b’sin . 0

But A '= 7r—CL,a

’=r. rr—A,b

’= 7T—B ,c

Substituting tor A ’

,a

,&c . we have

cos . (7r—.

A ) cos . (n—B ) cos . (n —C )

s1n . (7r—B ) Sin . (771—0)—cos . A—cos . B cos. 0therefore

sin . B sin . 0

cos acos . A + cos . B 0 0 8 . O

sin . B sin . 0

Similarly COS . B + cos . C cos . Asin . 0 sin . A

cos . C '

+ cos . A cos . Bsin . A sin . B

40. To show that in a spherical triangle ABC ,cot . a sin . b= cot . A sin . O + cos . b cos . 0 .

Let ABC be a spherical triangle .Produce the side CA to D,

making AD equal to a quadrantand 30m BD .

Page 159: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

.14 6 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

C is included between'

a and b. By taking in turn each side as

the extreme side,we shall obtain six formulae in all

,each in

volving four parts of the triangle,adjacent to one another.

These formulae are as follows

Got . a sin . b= oot . A sin . C+cos. b cos . 0 .

Cot . a sin . c= cot . A sin . B + cos. 3 cos . B .

Oct . b sin . a= cos . B sin . C + cos. a cos . 0 .

Got . b sin . c= cot . B sin . A+ cos . 3 cos . A .

Got . 3 sin . a= cot . 0 sin . B + cos. a cos . B .

Got . 0 sin . b= cot . 0 sin . A + cos . b cos . A .

42. To express the sine,cosine

,and tangent of half an angle of

a spherical triangle in terms of the sides.

Since in the triangle ABC

therefore I cos. A : 1

sin . b sin . 0

th eforeer

2 sm . b sm . 0

Let 2s= a b c,so that s is half the sum of the sides of the

triangle .

Then a + b—o= 2s—2c= 2 (s—c) ,a—b+ c= 2s—2b= 2 (s—b) ;

therefores1n . b sm . c

sin . b sin . c

sin . b sin .,c

_

sin._

b sin . c

sin . b sin . 3

cos . a—cos . b cos . 3sin . b sin . 0

sin . b sin . c—cos. a + cos . b cos . 0sin . b sin . c

Page 160: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

FORMULE CONNE CTING SIDES AND ANGLE S . 14 7

l _1_

therefore8111-

2a+ b+ c sm . b+ c a

2 sin . b sin . c

sin . b sin . c

4‘

2

From the expressions for sin and cos .5we obtain by

division

2 sin . 8 sin . (s—a)

The positive sign must in each case be given to the radicalsin these equations

,because

,A being less than two right angles

,

A2

tangent of that angle will all be positive .Proceeding in the same manner

,it may be shown that

must be less than Consequently the sine,cosine

,and

13_

2 sin . a sin . c

2

92 sin . a sin . b

9 _

2 a sin . b

43. To empress the haversine of an angle of a spherical triangle

in terms offunctions of the sides.

Let ABC be a spherical triangle .

Thencos . a —'

cos . b cos ccos . A art.

sin . b sin . 3

cos . a cos . b cos . 0Therefore I cos . A 1

sm . b sin . 0

sin . b sin . c cos . a cos . b cos . cvers . A

Page 161: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

14 8 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

sin . b sin . 3

sin . b sin . 3

But sin . (a + b—c) N/hav . (a + b—c)sin . 31; (a—b+ c) Vhav . (a—b+ c)

therefore hav . Asm . b sin . c

hav . (a b c) a/hay . (a b c) cosec. b cosec . c.

44 . To express the versine of any side of a spherical triangle

in terms of functions of the other two sides,and of the angle in

cluded by those sides.

Since in the'triangle ABC we have

thereforesin . b a n . e

sin . b sin . 3

cos . (b~ c)—cos . a= sin . b sin . c vers . A,

and —cos . a —cos . (b~ c) + sin . b sin . c vers . A .

Adding unity to both sides we obtainl—cos . a= 1—cos . b sin . c vers . Avers . a : vers . b sin . c vers . A .

45. To express the sine, cosine, and tangent of half a side

spherical triangle in terms offunctions of the angles.

In the spherical triangle ABC we havecos . A + cos . B cos . 0

sin . B sin . 0

sin . B sin . C—cos . A—cos . B cos . 0sin . B sin . 0

(art . 39)

sin . B sin . 0

sin . B sin . 0

Page 163: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

150 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

Now by art . 39

cos . A -i cos . B cos . O= sin . B sin . C cos . az m sin . 0 sin . b cos . a .

and cos. B cos . A cos. 0 sin . A sin . 0 cos . b

rn sin . 0 sin . a cos . b ;therefore

,by addition

,

(cos . A cos . B) (1 cos . 0) m sin . C sin . (a+ b) (3)

Therefore by (1) and When the two equations are dividedone by the other

,we obtain

sin . A sin . B sin . a sin . b 1 cos . 0

2 sin . (A + B ) cos . 15 (A—B )th f6 1° 0 1°

2 cos. (A + B ) cos . .1. (A—B)2 cos .

2 sin .

J2=(a b) cos . i—(a b)

l _ cos .and tan .

2 (A B)b)

00

2

Similarly from (2) and (3) we obtainsin . A sin . B sin . a sin . 0 1 cos . 0cos. A cos. B sin . (a b) sin . 0

d t .1

—b)an an2 (A B)

2

By substituting 77 A for a,&c . in formulae (4) as ex

plained in art . 28,these formulae become

tan . (a b)00 8 ° 3 (A B ) tan . (6)

sin . 3 (A B) 3 (7)

These four equations (4 ) (5) (6) (7) are called from theirdiscoverer Napier

s Analogies. E quations (6) (7) may be established independently by commencing with the formulae of art . 38

,

cos . a—cos . b cos . 0 sin . b sin . 3 cos . Acos . b—cos . a cos . 0 sin . a sin . 3 cos . B .

To so deduce them for himself will be a useful exercise forthe student .

Page 164: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

FORMULE CONNE CTING SIDE S AND ANGLE S . 15 1

48. In the relation (4) of the previous article cos . i (a l b)

and cot . .

2_ must be positive quantities . It follows

,therefore

,

that tan . (A B ) , cos . i (a b) must necessarily have thesame sign

,that is

, i (A B) , {5 (a b) are either both less orboth greater than a right angle . This is expressed by sayingthat 1

2 (A B) and s (a b) are of the same afiection .

CHAPTER IV.

ON THE SOLUTION OF OBLIQUE ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLES .

49 . THE formulae established in the preceding chapter willenable us in all cases when three of the six parts of a sphericaltriangle are given to determine the other parts . The three parts

given may be either sides or angles . The several cases will beas follows

CASE I.

Thwee sides of a spherical triangle being given, to solve the

triangle .

By art . 4 8 we have

therefore L hav . A L cosec . b L cosec . c

é L haV. (a + —b ~ c) —20.

In practice it is unnecessary to write down more than themantissa of L cosec . b and L cosec . 0 . We need not then sub

tract 20 from the sum of the logarithms .In the later editions of Inman’s Nautical Tables a table

giving the values of half the logarithmic haversines is included,

so that the trouble of dividing the tabular logarithms is avoided .

Having obtained one of the angles, as A ,to determine B and

C , we may if we please make use of the formula

sin . B sin . A ; sin . 0S

in ' 0sin . A .

s1n . a sin . a

On account, however, of the ambiguities which attend theuse of these formulw (which will be considered later in arts . 52,

Page 165: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

152 SPHERICAL TR IGONOME TRY .

it is better to determine B and C by the haversine formula,as in the case of A .

CASE II .

50 . H avinggwen two sides of a spherical triangle, and the angle

included by those sides,to determine the otheq~parts.

Let b,e,A be the parts given .

We shall first determine the side a .

By art . 44

vers . a vers . (b 0) sin . b sin . e vers . A .

Since sin . b sin . e vers . A is never greater than vers . A , forsin . b

,sin . 0 cannot either of them be greater than unity , an

angle 0 may always be found such that

vers . 0 sin . b sin . e vers . A .

So that vers . a vers . ( b~ e) vers . 0.

To find 9 .

Since vers . 6 sin . b sin . e vet s . A ,

therefore hav . 0 sin . b sin . e hav . A .

By means of the table of logarithmic haversines we may thenfind 0.

Thus L hay . 9 L sin . b L sin . e L hay . A 20.

Then since vet's . a vers . (b N e) vers . 9,

thereforetab. vers . a tab. vers . (b e ! tab. vers . 0

and tab. vers . a tab. vers . (b 0) tab. vers . 9 .

Having now the three sides of the triangle, we may proceedto determine the remaining angles by the haversine method, asalready explained .

t

51. When two sides and the included angle are given, wemay if we please determ ine the remaining angles directly fromthe

. data. Thus,if b

,e,A are given, we have by Napier’s

An alogies (art .

tan . 0)CM cot é '

e) 2’

2.

Page 167: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

154 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

whichever value of B be taken . The case is therefore an am

biguous one , and two triangle s may be constructed hav ing thegiven parts .As will be shown later

,the cases in which only one solution

is to be expected are those in which a,the side opposite to the

angle given,lies between b and 7: b.

Having now two sides,and the angles opposite to these sides,

we may proceed to determ ine the remaining parts 0,C by

Napier’

s Analogies .

Thus,to find 0 we have

,by art . 4 7

,

1.

tan .9 M L E) tanng2 cos . 4; (A—B)

while C is given by the formula_L

9 2 (a bcot . -1

2~

2 cos . 15 (a + b)

53. To show that in a spherical triangle, in which a , b, A w e

given, there will be only one solution zf a lies between 6 and 7r—b.

Let ADE be a great circle, and at the point A let a secondgreat circle ACE cut ADE at the given angle A

,supposed less

than a right angle,and let the two circles intersect again

in E .

Then AB is a semicircleFrom AP] cut off AO equal to the given b

, supposed less

77

0

Therefore CE is equal to 7r—b.

Page 168: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF OBLIQUE ANGLED SPHE RICAL TRIANGLES . 155

With C as centre,and radius equal to b

,describe the arc of

a small circle,cutting ADE in D

,so that CD : OA = b.

First let a,the side Opposite to the given angle

,be less than

b,and consequently less than 7r—b also .

With centre C,and radius equal to the given value a

,

describe the arc of a small circle .

This will cut the circle ADE in two points,as B

,B

,between

A and D,as shown in figure

Two triangles will then be formed, viz . ABC,AB ’C

,each

of which has the given parts a,b,A

,and there is therefore a

double solution .

Next,let a lie between b and 7r—b in value .

The same construction being made,the small circle described

with radius equal to a will cut the circle ADE in two points B ,

B’as before

,but these points will lie on Opposite sides of the

point E,as shown in figure

There will therefore be only one triangle, viz. ABC,having

the given parts,since in the triangle AB ’

O,the value of the

angle at A will be 7r—A instead of A .

Note .

—In the above investigation we have taken as grantedthat the value of any arc of a great circle drawn through 0 ,

and

cutting the circle ADE between D and E,is intermediate in

value between CD and CE . The point may be for the presentassumed . A t a later stage

,when the student has made himself

acquainted with the relations between the sides of right angledspherical triangles

,by dropping a perpendicular from C upon

the circle ADE he may easily establish it for himself.Moreover

,although we have selected for illustration the

particular case in which the side b and the angle A are each less

than 25 the statement of lim itations is true generally, and may

be shown to hold for all values of b and A .

CASE IV .

54 . H aving given two angles, and the side opposite to one ofthem

,to determine the other parts .

Let a,A

,B be the parts given .

Page 169: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

156 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

sin . BThen s1n . b sin . a .

s1n . A

The same ambiguities will arise in this case as in the preceding one, and we must be guided by the same considerations .And it is to be remembered that when a

,A

,B are given

,

one solution only is possible whenever A lies between B and

77 B .

To find 0 and C we make use of Napier’s Analogies,as in

art . 52.

CASE V .

55 . H aving given two angles, and the side included between

them,tofind the other pa/rts .

Let A,B,c be the parts given .

We may, if we please, make use of Napier’s Analogies to

find a . b.

tan .

45 (a + b) wThus,

cos . g (A + B)

tan .

42 (a—b) M I LE) tan .

sin . (A + B) 2

It is,however

,not unusual in this case to resort to the

polar triangle .

Thus,S1nce ln the primitive triangle A

,B,c are known

,we

have in the polar triangle‘

a’

,b

,C

,two sides and the included

angle .

From these data we may obtain a’

,as shown in art . 50 ;

then,having three sides

,we may determine A

'

,B

’ by thehaversine formula used in art . 4 9 .

Thus the six parts of the polar triangle are completely determined

,and the supplements of these parts, which are the

elements of the primitive triangle,are therefore known also .

a

mu

mv

.

CASE VI .

56 . H aving given the three angles of a sphenical triangle, tofind the three states.

a

In art . 4 5 are established certain expressions for sin .

2’0

&c . ,in terms of functions of the angles, which may , if we please

Page 171: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

58 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

Cos . 0 sin . A sin . B cos . 0 cos . A cos . Bcos. a sin . B sin . 0 cos . A cos . B cos . C (at) art . 39 .

cos . b sin . A sin . 0 cos. B cos . A cos . 0

If C we shall derive the following relations fromthose given

From (ct) sin . a sin . A sin . 0

sin . b sin . B sin . c

(b) cos . 0 cos. n cos. b

(0) sin . b cot . A tan . a

sin . a cot . B tan . b

cos . B tan . a cot . ccos. A tan . b cot . 0

cos . c cot . A cot . B0

00 8 . A cos. a sin . Bcos . B cos. b sin . A

Thus we have m all ten formulae,each involving three of

the five parts a , b, c, A ,B . And since ten is the total number

of combinations which can be formed by five quantities takenthree together

,it follows that when two of these quantities are

given we may always determ ine the third by one or other of the

above equations .

58 . The formulae for right angled triangles may be established independently as follows

Let ABC be a spherical triangle,having a right angle at C

,

and let 0 be the centre of the sphere . From any point D inOA draw DE perpendicular to

OC,and from E d raw EF per

pendicular to DB ,and j oin DF .

Then DE is perpendicular toEF

,because the plane AOG is

perpendicular to the plane BOO

(Euc . XI . def.

And

DP? DE ? EF2 on2 —OE 2+ oh 2 OF2 0112

.

Therefbre the angle OFD is a right angle, so that the angle

Page 172: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF RIGHT ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLE S . 159

EFD represents the inclination of the planes AOB , BOO, thatis,it represents the angle B (art .

DE DE DFThen

OD DE OD’or sm . b sin . B em . 0 .

By a similar construction it may be shown that (1)

sin . a sin . A sin . e.

OF OF OEAgain

,

OD OE OD’or cos . 0 cos . n cos. b.

EF EF DEAnd

OE DE OE’or s1n . a cot . B tan . b.

Similarly it may be shown that sin . b= oot . A tan . a .

AndEF EF OF

or cos. B tan . a cot . 6 .

DE OF DE”

(4)Similarly it may be shown that cos . A= tan . b cot . e .

Multiplying together the two formulae in (3) we obtaincot . A cot . B tan. a, tan b sin . a sin . b ;

therefore cot . A cot . B cos . n cos . cos 0 .

Again,by (4)

cos . B tan . a cot . 0sin . a cos . 0cos . a sin . 0

But by the second equation of (1) sin . A

sin . A cos . cBcos . a

and by (2) cos . b0 0 8 ° C

cos . a

Therefore cos.

therefore cos . B sin .

'

A cos . b.

In the same way we may show thatcos . A sin . B cos . a .

59 . From the two formulae (3) of art . 58

sin . a cot . B tan . b ;

sin . b cot . A tan . a

Since a,b are each less than it follows

the expressions cot . B tan . b and cot . A tan . a must both be

Page 173: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

160 SPHE RICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

And since A,a are each less than A

,a, must be either

both less or both greater than that is,A

,a are of the same

affection .

Similarly,B

,b are of the same affection .

60 . The ten formulae which we have given for right angledtriangles are comprehended under two rules

,called

,after their

inventor,Napier

s Rules of Circular Pa/rts .

These rules may be explained as followsLet ABC be a spherical triangle in which 0 is the right

angle .

Then , excluding C , the circular parts are the two sidesincluding the right angle

,and the

complements of the hypothenuse andof the angles A and B .

These five parts may be rangedround a circle in the order in whichthey occur

~

with respect to thetriangle .

Any one of these parts may be

selected,

and may be called themiddlepart ; then the two parts next

to it are called the adjacent parts, and the other two parts arecalled the opposite parts .

Napier’s rules are two in number .

Sine of the middle part product of tangents of adjacent

parts .

Sine of the middle part product of cosines of opposite parts .

The occurrence of the vowel t in the words sine,

middle,’

of the vowel a in tangent and ‘adjacent,

and of the vowel oin the words cosine ’

and opposite renders these rules easy toremember .

61 . By taking in detail each of the five parts as the middlepart

,and writing down the equations furnished by these two

rules,we shall obtain the same ten equations established in

art . 57.

Page 175: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

162 SPHERICAL TRIGONOME TRY.

To determ ine whether a is greater or less than we

must be guided by the algebraical sign of tan . a,which depends

,

of course,upon the sign due to the product which forms the

right-hand side of the equation . We must therefore be carefulto write over each function the appropriate sign

,as shown above .

To find 0,we may if we please make use of the formulae

connecting a,b,c,now that the value of a is determined .

It is better,however

,to solve the triangle completely by

means of the two parts first given,since by making use of the

side a,any error which has been made in calculating a will

vitiate the results for e and B also . Moreover,the labour of

calculating is slightly simplified when the same two parts are

made use of.

We have then to consider next the three parts b71 e 2

7—A .

2 2

%_ A is the m iddle part

,b,225—0 are the adjacent parts .

Hence7

g—A) tan . b tan

i

cot . 0 cos . A cot . b.

Therefore L cot . e L cos . A L cot . b 10,and cot . 0

being negative, 0 is greater than so that the value requiredis the supplement of the angle found in the tables .

To find B we haveg—B as the middle part A and b as

the Opposite parts .

Then . (g—B) cos . b cos.

cos . B cos . b sin . A,

L cos . B L cos . b L sin . A 10 .

63. When,as in the example of the preceding article

,the

unknown parts of the triangle are determ ined by means of thetangent, cotangent, or cosine, there can be no ambiguity

,as the

algebraic sign of the function from which the part required isdetermined indicates whether the latter is greater or less than

Page 176: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF RIGHT ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLES . 163

But if the required part is determined from its sine,there

will be two values,each less than which will satisfy the

equation,so that sometimes two triangles may be found possess

ing the given data.

The five equations in which the unknown part is found fromthe sine may be divided into two classes, as follows

sin . a tan . a, cos . As1n . 0 sm . b sm . B

sin . A’

tan . A cos . a

in each of which the two given parts are a side and its oppositeangle .

sin . a,sin . a sin . 0 sin . A

,sin . A

sm . c

In the first class the solution is a double one,as may be

shown .

Thus,let ABC be a spherical triangle in which 0 is a right

angle .

Then if the sides AB,AO are produced to A ’

,a second

triangle A’BC is obtained,having the side BC in common with

the triangle ABC ,and the angle A ’

equal to the angle A ; but

the side —AB,A

’C= IBO

°- AO

,and the angle A’BC

180° ABC .

The equations in the first class afford a double solution,since

each case the parts given are a,A

,which are common to both

triangles ABC , A’BC .

In the second class, however, there is but one solution, and,as

.

shown in art . 59,a will be greater or less than according

as A is greater or less than and conversely .

Page 177: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

164 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

CHAPTER VI .

ON THE SOLUTION OF QUADRANTAL SPHERICAL TRIANGLES .

64 . In the spherical triangle ABC let one side be a quadrant .In this case also the fifteen fundamental formulae, established inChapter III .

,may be simplified so as to furnish at once loga

rithmic expressions for the solution of the triangle similar tothose already obtained for right—angled triangles .

Thus,let us suppose that the side 0

Then,as before

,there will be ten formulae containing the

side 0,as follows

sin . A i sin . sin . ae C(Ct) art . 37.

s1n . B sm . e s1n . C sm . b

cos. 61 cos . b cos . c sin . b sin . 0 cos . Acos . b cos . n cos . c sin . a sin . 0 cos . B (b) art . 38 .

cos . 0 cos . n cos . b sin . a sin . b cos . 0

cot . a sin . e cot . A sin . B cos . 0 cos . Bcot . 0 sin . a cot . 0 sin . B cos . (t cos . B

(0) art . 40.

cot . b s1n . e cot . B s1n . A cos . 0 cos . Acot . 0 sin . b cot . C sin . A cos. b cos . A

cos . C sin . A sin . B cos . c cos . A cos . B (cl) art . 39 .

In these formulae,if we substitute for sin . e and cos . c the

values of sin . 90°

and cos . we shall obtain ten formulae as

followssin . a sin . C

o o

s1n . b sin . C

sin . b cos . A

sin . n cos . Bcot . a cot . b

cot . A sin Btan . B cot Ccot .

’ B sin . Atan . A cot: C

cos . A cos . B

Page 179: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

166 SPHERICAL TRIGONOME TRY .

The circular parts for a triangle ABC when 0 is a quadrant,

will therefore be arranged as follows

And by taking each in turn as the middle part, and applying thetwo principles

sine of the middle part the product of the tangents of the adja

centparts

sine of the middle part the product of the cosines of the opposite

parts,the ten formulae of art. 64 will be obtained .

67. In the quadrantal,as in the right-angled triangle

,an

ambigu ity arises when the two parts given are aside and the

opposite angle,so that two solutions are then possible .

In all other cases in which an apparent ambigu ity presentsitself

,the proper value of the required part may be determined

from the consideration that in a quadrantal triangle an angle and

the side opposite to it must be either both greater or both lessthan

That in a triangle AB C which has the side e a quadrant,A

,a,

and B,bmust be respectively of the same affection will easily

appear from a consideration of the two formulae (0) of art . 64,Viz.

cot . a= cot . A sin .

cot . b= cot . B sin .

68 . Appended is a collection of exercises,of varying degrees

of difficulty , upon the subject matter of the foregoing chapters .They have for the most part been taken from the papers of'

questions set in the exam inations for rank of lieutenant duringthe last five years .

Page 180: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

FORMULE OF REFERENCE 167

FORMULA?) OF REFERENCE

Spherical trianglesin . B sin . 0

sin . b sin . c

cos . ct - cos . b cos . 0sin . b sin . 0

cos . A + cos . B cos . 0

cot . a sin . b= cot . A sin . c+ cos . b cos. C

(5) sin . where 28=a+ b+ e

sin . 6 sin . c

(6) cos

(7) tan .

2

(8)

(9) vers . a : vers . b sin . e vers . A

(10) sin .

(11) cos .

(12) tan .

_cos. (a—b) C

(13) tan . 5 (A +B )cos . (a + h)

"Q

C“

2_ sin .

1, (w—b)tan . g (A B ) m

cot

(14) tan . 1 i tan .9?

(art . 47)

(art. 47)

Page 181: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

168 SPHE RICAL TRIGONOMETRY

In any spherical triangle C a right angle

(15) sin . a= sin . A sin . a

sin . b= sin . B sin . 0

cos . a= cos . a cos . b

sin . b= oot . A tan . a

sin . a= cot . B tan . b

cos . B = tan . a cot . 0

cos . A= tan . b cot . 0

cos . c= cot . A . cot . Bcos . A= cos . a sin . Bcos . B =cos. b sin . A

In any spherical triangle c a quadrant

(16) sin . A= s'

in . a, sin . 0

sin . B= sin . b sin . 0

cos . a= sin . b cos . A

cos . b= sin . a cos . Bcos . 0 —cot . a cot . bcot . az cot . A sin . Bcos . a : —tan . B

'

oot . C

cot . b= oot . B sin . A

cos . b —tan . A cot . Ccos . 0 —cos . A cos . B

Page 183: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

170 SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

6. If A be one of the base angles of an isosceles sphericaltriangle

,whose vertical angle is 902, and a the side Opposite

,

show that cos. a= cot . A,

and determine the limits between

which A must lie .

7. Ifp , g, 1' be the perpendiculars from the vertices on the

opposite sides (1 , b, 0 respectively, prove that sin . 1? sin . a= sin . q

sin . b= sin .

fr sin . c

8 . The sides of a spherical triangle are all quadrants,and

w, y, 2 the arcs joining any point within the triangle with the

angular points,prove that

cos . 2 x cos .2 y cos . 2 z: 1 .

9 . In a spherical triangle ABC,if the angle B be equal to

the side 0 , show that

sin . (A a) sin . Ct sin . A cos . B cot . B .

10 . If the sum of two sides of a spherical triangle exceedsthe third side by the semicircumference of a great circle

,show

that the sine of half the angle contained by these two sides is amean proportional between their cotangents .

11 . If in a spherical triangle ABC,the angle 0 is a right

angle, prove that the following relations will hold

(a) Cos . (a—b)= 2 cos. c.

(b) If tan . a= 2 and tan . b= 1,then tan.

A sin . (e—b)2

(6) Tan ‘

2 sin . c+ b)

(d) Tan .

2C

gatan .

e—w

(e) Sin . (c+ a) sin . (e - a)

2 E 2 £11 2_

b_

7

(f) Sm .

2 2cos .

2+ cos .

Page 184: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLE S . 171

(9) Sin . (e b cos . (3 tan sin . b cos . a tan .

(h) Sin . (0, b) sin . a tan .

A

Z

L

.

1

%

Sec ? (4550

++2) sin .

2

121

251. b

12. In a spherical triangle ABC, if b= e,prove that

(a) - = cot . b sinfiZ

ltan . B .

(b) sin .

2 B cos .2 2 sin .

2 b= s1n .

2 b—sin .

2

2 2

13 . In a spherical triangle_ABC , having a right angle at C

,

if two arcs,w, y, be drawn from C to e, of which to is perpendicu

lar to the side 0,and y bisects it, prove that

(a) cot . wz v cot .

2a + cot . 2 b.

cos . a + cos . b

(0) sin .

2

14 . Two great circles of a sphere P aA,BbB intersect two

other great circles QBA , Qbot in points A ,B and a

,b prove that

sin . AQ _

sin . A a sin . Pb

sin . B Q sin . B b sin . Pa

15 . If E,F are the middle points of the sides AO

,AB of a

spherical triangle ABC,and EF produced meets BC produced at

D,prove that

sin . DE cos .9 sin .DE cos .

0

2

16 . The middle points of the sides AB,AO of a spherical

triangle are j oined by the arc of a great circle , which cuts thebase produced towards C at D . Prove thatand that

b 0cos . AD s1n . cosec

2 2

AB being the greater of the two sides .

Page 185: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

172 SPHE RICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

17. If D,E are the m iddle points of the sides AB

,AO of an

equilateral spherical triangle,prove that

BC0a-J

tan 2 sin

18 . If in the spherical triangle ABC,D is the middle point of

BC,and AB is drawn perpendicular to BC

,prove that

b+ ctan

b—ecottan DE tan

2 2

19 . If in the spherical triangle ABC,AD is drawn perpen

dicular to BC,and DE perpendicular to AO

,cutting AB in F

,

prove thattan . EF

tan . ED

6

20. In the spherical triangle ABC the angle C= l 20°

,show

that the arc of a great circle drawn through C to meet AB at

if

cos . b tan . A tan . C .

right angles is tan .

cot .2 a + cot . a cot . b+ cot .2 b= 1 .

21. Show that in any Spherical triangle ABC ,

cos . A cos . B

22. In a spherical triangle , if b e show that

3a

cos . (b 0) cos. a2

a2 cos .

2

23. If in a spherical triangle ABC , a b c prove

thatA B C

2 2 2

2 28111 .

21 .

24 . If D is the midc ue point of AB ,prove that

sin .

2 A sin .

2 Bsin . A sin . B sin . 0

25. If ABC be a spherical triangle,of which the

0 cot . BOD cot . ACD

Page 187: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 188: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PART III .

RA CTI CAL TR IGON OM E TR Y

P LAN E A ND SP H E R I CA L

Page 189: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 191: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

178 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOME'

I‘

RY.

Emamgole 3.—Find the logarithm of 0 0884 757.

R egarding the decimal given as a whole number,

The mantissa of 884700 is ‘ 585122

The proportional parts for 50 are 056

7 079

(sum) 5 851859

and the appropriate characteristic is 8.

We have therefore

log . 0 0884 757 is 8 585186 .

Should the number be given in the form of a vulgar fraction

it may be converted into a decimal fraction , and its logarithmobtained as before .

Or the logarithm of the denominator may be taken from thatof the numeratoi'

,and the result will be the logarithm of the

given fraction . The method first given is,however

,generally

preferable .

EXAMPLES .

—I .

R equired the logarithms of the following numbers1 . 24 8 . 7.

513

.

2 . 14 76.

3. 14 0 6 . 9 . 7 5234 .

4 . 4 1966 84 . 10.

5 . 121004 0 15. 1 1 . 10001 32 5 .

6 . 4 9g. 12 . 0 0782596 .

2 . To find the number corresponding to a given logcwtthm.

(See Part I .

,arts . 11 1

,

Examp le 1 .

—Let the given logarithm be 2 619406 ; it isrequired to find the corresponding natural number .

Turning to the tables we find that the given mantissa isthat set down against the number 4 168 .

We know, therefore , from the characteristic given, Viz . 2that the number required is 4 16 3.

-Ewamp le 2 .-Let the given logarithm be 5 150822 .

The mantissa given in the tables next below the Value given

is °150756, corresponding to the number 14 15 . Thus we have

Page 192: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

METHOD OF USING TABLE S OF LOGARITHMS. 179

The mantissa of the givenlogarithm °150822

The mantissa next lowerin the tables °150756 corresponding

(difference) 66

parts next lower 61

50

8 1

190

184 6

(sum) 14 15216

The process might be carried further if necessary .

Since the characteristic is 6,the natural number required

will be 14 15216 (Part I .,art .

ExAMPLEs .

—II .

Required the natural numbers corresponding to the followinglogarithms

3 . Tofind the tabular logarithmic sine, cosine, (20 . of an

given to the new est second. (See Part I .

,arts . 115,

E xamp le 1 .—Let it be required to find the tabular

rithmic sine of 81° 11’12”

We have from the tables

L sin . 8 1°

11’15

L sin . 8 1 11 0

(difference)

Page 193: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

1 80 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOIYEETRY .

Let 96 represent the excess ofL sin . 8 1

°

11’12” over L sin . 81

°

11’

Then w 12” 15

Therefore as or 0000942 nearly .

Hence L sin . 81°

11’12

” 9 714144 0 00042

9 714 186 .

If the angle given be in the second quadrant, sincesin . (180

°

A ) sin . A,cos . (180

°

A ) cos. A,&c . we

must look out the logarithm of the same function of the supplement of the angle . Thus L sin . 187

° L sin . 4 8°

EXAMPLES .—III .

1 . Required the tabular logarithmic sines,tangents,

cosecants of the following angles

(1) 10°

10'

(3) 4 8°

35'35

(2) 19 10 40. (4 ) 61 24 40 .

2 . Find L hav . 61°

9’58

”and L hav . 185

°

21’87

8 . Find L sin . 102°

87’44

”and L hav. 215

°

17’88

4 . To find to the nearest second the angle corresponding toa given tabular logarithmic sine, cosine

,or haversine. (See

Part I .

,arts . 1 16

,

Let it be required to find the angle which has for its tabularlogarithmic sineFrom the tables

L sin . 17°

7’80 94 69022

L sin . 17 7 15 94 68920

(difference) 0 00102

Tabular logarithm givenL sin . 17

°7

’15

”94 68920

(difference)7000088

Page 195: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

182 PRA CTICAL PLANE TRIGONOMETRY .

ExAMPLEs.-V.

1 . Find the tabular versines of the following angles

(1) 87°

56’

(2) 70°

18'

(8) 101°

27’ 82

2 . Find the angles corresponding to the tabular versines

(1) 0072658 . (2) 0987821 . (8) 0008721 .

Multiplication by logarithms.

6 . By Part I .,art . 90 the logarithm of a product is equal

to the sum of the logarithms of the several factors ; we havetherefore only to take the logarithm of each number involved,and add these logarithms together . The sum will be the

logarithm of the product .

ExAMPLEs.-VI .

Find by logarithms the products‘

of the following quantities

1 . 84 x 96 .

2 . 6 x 4 x 12 x 82.

8 . 86 x 4 8 x 62 X'4 .

4 . 72 x 96 x 124 x 0 5.

5 . x 0 07 x 5 4 x ‘ 1 .

6 . 784 x 0 00079 x 0 000086 .

Division by logarithms .

7. Since, by Part I .

,art . 91

,the logarithm of a quotient is

equal to the logarithm of the dividend diminished by thelogarithm of the divisor

,we have only to write down the

logarithm of the dividend and subtract from it the logarithm ofthe divisor . The difference will be the logarithm of the quotient .

Examp le 1 .—Divide 4 72 by 82 2 .

From the tables log . 4 72

log .

(difference) log . quotient

Whence the quotient is 14 658 .

Page 196: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

METHOD OF USING TABLES OF LOGARITHMS . 183

Ewa/mp le 2 .

—Divide 0 4 72 by 8 22 .

log . 0 4 72

log .

(difference) log . quotient

Therefore the quotient is 0 14 658 .

ExAMPLEs .

—VII .

I . Find by logarithm s the value of

(1) 2004-64 divided by 84 .

(2) 19 72 .

(3) 1 4 5 .

(4) 1-0004572.

2. Find the value of the fractions

(1) 24 2 x 559 x 63

781 x 4 82

(2) 84 x 0 0769 x 0 88

598 x 0 00014 6 x 0 89

Involutton and E volution by Logarithms.

8 . By Part I .,art . 92 the logarithm of any power, integral

or fractional,of a number is equal to the logarithm of the

number multiplied by the index of the power .

Examp le 1 .

—R equired the value of

From the tables log . 10 5

log

Thus 2 18285 .

In the next example the quantity to be raised to a power isa decimal fraction

,so that its logarithm will have the character

istic negative and the mantissa positive .The multiplication of the two parts must therefore be

Page 197: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

184 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

performed separately,and the required logarithm is the alge

braical sum of the two products .

Example 2 .

—Find the value oflog .

'2 18 01080,or 1 8 01080

10 10

TO

The algebraical sum of the two is 70 10800.

Thus 0 000001024 .

If the index of the power be fractional,the process of

division is substituted for that of multiplication .

E xample 3.

—Required the value ofFrom the tables log . 1284 is 80 91815 .

10 304 88

Thus the value of is 107 26 .

Example 4 .

—R equired the value of (0 0005214)From the tables log . 0 0005214 is 57 17171

Therefore ° 189 18 .

A slight complication arises when the characteristic of the

logarithm to be divided is negative,and does not contain the

divisor an exact number of times . In this case it is customary toincrease the negative characteristic by the least number of un1tswhich will render it divisible by the divisor without remainder

,

adding to the positive portion of the logarithm,that is

,to the

mantissa,the same number of units

,so . that the value of the whole

logarithm remains unaltered .

Thus to divide 4 0 8124 1 by 8 . By adding and subtracting2 we may write the logarithm in the form

6 2 68124 1,which when divided by 8 is 2 89874 7.

E xample 5 .

—Find the value of

Log . 0 0845 is 85 87819,or 10

Therefore log . isand the value of is '56726 .

Page 199: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

186 PRACTICAL PLAN E TRIGONOMETRY.

9 . To adap t an expression to loga/rithmic computation

Let it be required to find by logarithms the value of w in theequation

d2

By making use of the properties of' logarithms established in

Part I ., Chapter XIV.

,we may adapt the equation to logarithmic

computation as follows

é- log . w _ é log. a+ 1og. b+ilog . c—2 log. d.

EXAMPLES .—IX .

1 . Adapt the following equations to logarithmic calculation

6 d2. (3) m

2 3

(4m2 . Find the value of the following expressions

(1)92324 . (4 )

7

015—5x 0 139

(2)37

5159

(5)

G)”

5

9

(7) 19.

approximate value oi' w following equa

(5) w

(6) a:

(7) 93

w

Page 200: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

METHOD OF USING TABLE S OF LOGARITHMS. 187

4 . Show how wmay be determined by means of logarithmsthe equations

am

(1) a.“ b. (2)

bm- l (3) a

m

5 . Find w in the equations

(1) 43“ 0 05 . (2) 0 01 .

(3) (0 4)v5 5 .

10 . The expression of a. trigonometricalformula. in logarithms.

In the reduction of an expression involving the trigonometrical ratios to logarithms

,it must be remembered that the

logarithms of the several ratios given in the tables are increased

by 10. In the final result, therefore , due allowance must be madefor the several tens belonging to the tabular logarithms employed .

Attention must also be given to the algebraic signs of thedifferent ratios .

Examp le 1 .—Find w in the equation78 sin . 4 9

° cosec . 112°

$2

Multiplying both sides by 912,and transposing

,we

902 tan . 52

°

78 sin . 4 9° cosec

m2 78 sin . 4 9° cosec . 68

° cot .that is

,2 log . w log. 7‘ 8 L sin . 49

° L cosec . 68°

+L cot . 52°—80.

tan .

log . 78 8 92095

L sin . 49°

9 877780

L cosec . 68° 100 82884

L cot . 52° 9 892810

(sum) 806 95519

800 00000

(difference) 2 log. m °695519

Therefore log. w 36695519) ='847759, and m 2 227

nearly.

Page 201: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

188 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

Example 2 .

—Find w in the equation

cos. 180

£1378 sec . 70

°

tan .

2

Therefore 78 m 1205 cos. 180°

cos. 70° cot . 2

log. w log . + L cos. 180° L cos . 70

°

2 L cot . 210—40 - log. 78 .

log . 1205

L cos. 180°

L cos . 70°

2 L cot . 210°

(Jifference) .log. 78

(difference) .

case,as appears from the equation

,

the value of a: must be negative also .

Therefore a: 10 89 nearly.

EXAMPLES .—X.

Find min the equations

1 . a: sin . 68°

117 tan . 4 8° sec .

2cosec . 100

°

sin .

2 50°

8 . 963 cot . 109° 129 6 sin . 78

° cosec .

4tan . 200

°

3/ sin . 811°

f/w (7 5)—2

Page 203: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

190 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOME TRY.

E xamp le 2 .—In the plane triangle ABC, having

a. c and B find the other parts .

(1) To find the angle A .

2Since tan . A6

therefore L tan . A 10+ log. a—log .

100 00000

log . 0 2 2 301030

(sum) 8 301030

log. 1 10 00000

(difference) L tan . A . 9 801080

Therefore A 11°18

(2) Tofind the angle G.

Since A + O C 90°—11° 18’

80 78°

4 1’ 80”

(8) To find the side b.

Since b 0 sec . A,

log . b log . 6 L sec. A 10.

log. 1 10 00000

L sec . 1 1°

18’80 100 08514

(sum) 90 08514

100 00000

(difference) log . b . 10 08514

Therefore b 1 02 .

Examp le 8 .—In the plane triangle ABC

,having given

88,A 87

°

and C required the other parts .

(1) Tofind the angle B .

Since A + B B 90°—37° 40' 52

°

Page 204: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF RIGHT-ANGLED PLANE TRIANGLES. 191.

(2) Tofind the side a .

S ince a b tan . A,

log . a = log. b L tan . A 10.

log . 33 15 18514

L tan . 37°

40' 98 87594

(sum) 11 4 06108100 00000

(difference) log . a. 14 06118

Therefore a 255 .

(8) Tofind the side 6 .

Since 6 b sec. A,

log . e : log . b L sec . A 10 .

log . 88 15 18514

L sec. 87°

40’

19 101506

(sum) 110 20020

100 00000

(difference) log . a 10 20020

and c 4 17 .

ExAMPLEs .—XI .

1 . In the plane triangle ABC find the other parts,having given

(1) a. 85 76, b 45,B

(2) a. 884,

e 881,B

(8) a 8555,b 2854

,C

(4) b 2 A B(5) c _ 0 4 C : B

(6) b 1777 5, c 1177, A

2. The sides of a rectangular field are 156 feet and 1 17 feetrespectively find the distance between two opposite corners .

8 . A t a point 158 feet from the foot of a tower the angle ofelevation (Part I .

,art . 164) of the top of the tower is 57

°

19’

find the height of the tower .4 . From the top of a cliff

,known to be 100 feet above the

sea-level the angle of depressmn (Part I .

,art . 164) of a boat at

sea is 1 1 H ow far is the boat from the foot of the cliff5 . A ladder 52 feet in length reaches a window 87 feet

from the ground . When the ladder is turned over about its foot

Page 205: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

192 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

it reaches a window-sill on the other side of the street 4 8 feetfrom the ground . Find the width of the street .

6 . The length of the shadow of a perpendicu lar stick is 6 25feet

,when the altitude of the sun is 8 1° What will be the

length of the shadow of the same stick when the altitude of the

sun is 50° 26’

7. A lighthouse bore N .N .E . from a ship at anchor.After the ship had sailed E .N .E . 17 miles the lighthouse bore

N .N .W . What was the distance of the anchorage from the light

house8 . A column 100 feet high, standing in the middle of a

square court , subtended an angle of 21° at a corner of thecourt . Find the length of a side of the court .

9 . A certain port, B ,is due south of another port

,A

,dis

tant 40 miles . A t noon a ship leftA ,steaming S . w

°W . , 8 knots

and at the same time a second ship left B ,steaming N . (90 93)

W.

,4 knots . The two ships met the same evening . A t what

time did this occur

CHAPTER III .

THE SOLUTION OF OBLIQUE-ANGLED PLANE TRIANGLES .

CASE I .

12 . H aving given the three sides of a p lane triangle, to find

the angles. (See Part . I .

,arts . 152

In the plane triangle ABC having given a 20,b 80

,

c 40 : find the angles A ,B, C .

(1) Tofind the angle A .

Sincebe

therefore L hav . A 10 log . (3 b) log . (8 c) log . b

log . 0 .

a 20

b 80

o 4 0 c

(sum) 90

(sum)= s= 45 .

Page 207: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

194 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

100 00000

log. 25 18 97940

log. 15

(sum) 12 57408 1

2 778 151

(difference) L hav . 0 9 795880

C 2 1040

28’45

'

Note .

—In finding the second angle B ,we may, if we please,

make use of the relation

sin . B sin . A .

In that case,however

,an error made in calculating the angle A

will affect the result of B also . It is preferable,therefore

,at

the expense of slightly increased labour in computation,to

obtain B directly from the original data .

EXAMPLES .—XII .

In the plane triangle ABC find the angles A,B

,0 , having

given

a z 798,b 4 60

,c

a z 512,b = 627

,c :

a = 649,b : 586

,0 :

CL 627,b 1 140

,G :

a. = 0 25,b ° 125

,c

a = 8,b= ‘ 672

,0 :

a‘ 25

,1) z “54 1

,C 2

CASE II .

13. In a plane triangle, having given two angles and one side,

tofind the other parts . (See Part . I .

,arts . 155

,

In the plane triangle ABC,having given A 70

°

B 57°

and c 87, required the other parts .

Page 208: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF OBLIQUE-ANGLED PLANE TRIANGLE S. 195

(1) Tofind the angle G.

Since A B -i C C 180°

70°

86’

57°

19'

52°

(2) Tofind the side a .

‘ Since S? E A,log . a.

-. 16g . c L sin A L cosec . o 20.

SID . 0

log . 87 15 68202

L sin . 70°

86’

9 974 614

L cosec . 52°

5’

10 102975

( sum) 210 4 5791

200 00000

(difference) log . (2 10 4 5791

Tofind the side b.

sin . Bsin . 0

’log . b log . 6 L sin . B L cosec. C 20.

log . 87

L sin . 57°

19’

L cosec . 52°

5'

(sum)

(difference) log.

CASE III .

14 . In a. p lane tm'

angle, having given two sides and the angle

opposite to one of them,to find the other parts . (See Part I .

,

arts . 157

Examp le 1 .—In the plane triangle ABC

,having given

b 56,c 88

,and B 101

° required the other parts .

0 2

15 68202

9 92514 1

101 02975

215 96818

200 00000

15 96818

895 .

Page 209: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

196 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOM ETRY .

Tofind angle 0 .

Since

thereforeL sin . 0 L sin . BL sin . 101

°

20’

log . 88

(sum)log . 56

(difference) L sin CO

(2) Tofind the angle A .

As before,

A 180°

101°

20’

4 1°

4 2’80 86

°

57 80

(8) To find the side 01 .

Since it sin Ab sin B

therefore log . a _ log . b L sin .

log . 56

L sin . 86°

57’ 80

L cosec . 101° 20’

(sum)

(difference) log . a

a _ 84 8 .

In the preceding example,since the angle given was

opposite to the greater side , the parts which remained to befound: were determined without ambiguity .

The example which follows will illustrate the ambiguitydiscussed in Part . I .

,arts . 158—160 .

log . 6 log . b

9 991448

15 79784

115 71282

17 4 8188

98 28044

4 1°

42’80

A L cosec . B

17 4 8188

9 779044

100 08552

215 85784

200 00000

15 85784

Page 211: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

1 98 PRACTICAL PLANE TR lGONOM ETRY .

4 . A boat is sent out from a ship with orders to row S . by E .

until a rock situated 12 miles E .S .E . of the ship bearsN .E . by N .

How long will the boat take to reach the required position,rowing at the rate of 5 miles an hour ?

5 . A ship which can sail within seven points of the windwishes to reach the mouth of a river 25 m iles NE . of her . The

wind being N .N .E . she starts on the poit tack , sailing 75knots after what interval should she go about

6 . Two forts,A and B

,were four miles apart

,and A bore

from B,W . by N . A ship ordered to run in with A bearing

due north until B bore anchored b y mistake when Bbore N .E . how far was she then from her required position ?

CASE IV.

15 . In a plane triangle, having gwen two sides and the included

angle, tofind the other put ts . (See Part I .

,art .

In the plane triangle ABC let a 798,b 4 60

,and C

55°

2’ it is required to find the remaining parts A ,

B,

and c.

(1) Tofind the angles A and B .

By Part I , art . 140,

A—B a—b 0tan .

2 a + b 2

therefore L tan .

A _ Blog (a—b) +L cot . (5

)—log (a.+ b)A + B + C . 180

°

0’0

C 55 2 80

(difference) A + B 124 57 80

A

QB

62 28 4 5

27 31 15

Page 212: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION or OBLIQUE—ANGLED PLANE TRIANGLE S . 199

log . 888 .

L cot . 27° 81 ’15

(sum)log. 1258

(difference) L tan .

A

EB

A

EB

27°

16’4 5

A + B —62 28

(sum) A 89 4 5

(difference) B 85 12

Tofind the side a.

6Since(I

therefore log . 6 log . a+L

log . a

L sin . 0

L cosec . A .

(sum)

(difference) log . a

EXAMPLE S .

—XIV .

1 . In the plane triangle ABC find the other parts,having

given

(1) b 64,o 70

,A 66

°

20’

80

(2) a z: 512,b 627, C 4 2

°

58’4 5

(8) b 54,e 79

,A 105

°

27’80

(4) a. = 0 86,b C 75

°

16’80

2 . Two ships leave a harbour at noon ; one sails NE . by N .,

7 knots,the other E . by S .

,9 knots . H ow far will they be apart

at midnight ?

sin . Csin . A

sin . C + L cosec . A2 902008

9 9 18568

100 00004

22 815570

200 00000

28 15570

6 z: 654 .

Page 213: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

200 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGON OMETRY .

8 . From a certain station a fort,A

,bore N .

,and a second

fort, B ,N .E . by E . Guns are fired simultaneously from the two

forts,and are heard at the station in 15 seconds and 2 seconds

respectively . Assuming that sound travels at the rate offeet per second

,find the distance of the two forts apart .

4 . A boat is anchored half a mile from one end of a breakwater

,and three-quarters of a m ile from the other end

,and an

observer with a sextant finds that the breakwater subtends anangle of Find the length of the breakwater .

5 . A ship was moored 7 m iles N .N .E . of a lighthouse , and a

boat,breaking adrift from the ship

,was picked up four hours

after 4 miles due east of the lighthouse . Find the directionand rate of the current by which the boat was set .

CHAPTER IV.

AREAS OF PLANE TRIANGLES .

CASE 1 .

16 . In ap lane triangle, having given two sides and. the includedangle, tofind the area . (See Part I .

,Art .

In the plane triangle ABC let a 798 feet,b 4 60 feet

,

and C 55°

2’ it is requi1 ed to find the area.

Since area 5cob sin . 0,

therefore log . area log . h+ log . b+ L sin . C—log . 2—10 .

log . 798 2 902008 log . 2 8 01080

log . 4 60 20 62758 100 00000

L 8111 . C(sum)

(sum) 154 78824

108 01080

(difference) log . area

Therefore area 1504 16 square feet nearly .

0

The work may be slightly simplified by dividing one of thesides by 2 in the first instance .

Page 215: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

202 PRACTICAL PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

2 98424 6

2 171726

2 251688

2 726820

(sum)

50 4 1965

Therefore area : 110145 square feet .

ExAMPLEs.

—XVI .

1 . In the plane triangle ABC find the area,having given

(1) a 1014 feet,b 76 '5o feet

,c 918 feet .

(2) a 1721 feet,b 194 6 feet

,6 2080 feet

,

2 . Having given a z 0 8 feet,b ° 12 feet

,6 feet ;

find the number of square inches which the triangle contains .

8 . Express in acres the area of a triangular field,the

sides of which are 125 yards,14 8 yards

,and 159 yards respec

tively .

4 . In a quadrilateral figure ABCD ,AB 90 yards

,BC

100 yards,CD yards

,DA= 120 yards

,and BD= 178 °8

yards . Find the area of the figure .

Page 216: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF OBLIQ UE-ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLES . 203

CHAPTER V.

THE SOLUTION OF OBLIQ UE -ANGLED SPHERICALTRIANGLE S .

CASE I .

18 . Three sides of a spherical triangle being given,tofind the

angles . (See Part II .

,art .

In the spherical triangle ABC let a 124°

b

89°

0’

c 108° it is required to find the angle A .

To find the angle A .

By Part . II .

,art . 4 8

hav . A cosec . b cosec . aV hav . hav . (a—c ) .

It has been explained in Part . II . that by taking the loga,rithms of cosec . b and cosec . 0

,instead of the tabular logarithms

,

we avoid the necessity of subtracting 20 in the final result .Therefore

L hav . A log . cosec . b+ log . cosec . c -‘

r L hav . (a + b 0)—L hav . (a—b c) .

1080

40’0

”log . cosec . 0 0 284 68

89 0 15 log . cosec . b °000066

c—b . 19 39 45 L hav . (cH - G- b) 4 9 78001

124 10 0 l2= L hav . (a—c—b)

d—l—c—b 14 8 4 9 4 5 (sum) L hav . A 9 89954 1

a—c—b 104 80 15

Therefore A 125°

56’80

By the same process we may find the angles B and C fromthe formulae .

L hav . B log . cosec . a + leg . cosec . c+—12L hav . (b+ a 0)

L hav . (b—a

L hav . C log . cosec . a + log . cosec . b+ L hav . (c+ a, f» b)+ J

§L hav . (c—a b) .

Page 217: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PRACTICAL SPHE RIC‘AL TRIGONOMETRY.

N0te.—The formula

sin . bsin . B 8 111 . A

s1n . a

m ight be used in finding B . Its use,however

,is open to two

objections ,the first

,that it involves the angle A which is not

one of the original data of the question the second,that

,as

the angle is determined from its sine,we shall have to consider

whether the angle first taken from the tables,or the supplement

of that angle,is the value required , whereas by the haversine

formula B is determined without ambiguity . In this case,

therefore,as in sim ilar instances which will be met with later

,

it is recommended that the use of the sine formula should ingeneral be avoided .

EXAMPLES .

—XVII .

spherical triangle ABC fi nd angles,having

4 9°

10’0

,b 58

°

25’0 56

°

42’O

119°

4 2’80

,b 108

°

4’

68°

58’

4 5

87°

10 15 5 62°

86’

100°

10’

156°10

’80 b 187

°

8’

4 7°

57’15

4 0°

81’15 b 50

°

80’80 61

°

5’0

CASE II .

19 . H aving given two sides of a spherical triangle, and the

angle included by those sides,tofind the other parts. (See Part

art .

In the spherical triangle ABC,having given b==108° 4 ’

15

c 1 19°

42’

and A 75°

8 1’ it is required to find

the other parts .

Tofind the side a

Since vers . a vers . (b 0) sin . b sin . c. vers . A ,.

tab . vers . a tab . vers . (b 0) tab . vers . 6,where

L hav . 9 L sin . b+ L sin . c+ L hav . A—20 .

Page 219: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

206 PRACTICAL SPHERICAL TRIGONOME TRY .

L cos . i (c—b) 99 97758

L sec . (a+ b)

L cot .1

2

°10 110905

(sum) 805 01270

20 000000

d’

ff110 501270L tan . (C + B)

therefore 325 (0 + B) 107

°

80’0

L sin . é (c—b) 90 05805

L cosec .

lg (c+ b) 100 88891 .

L cot . 5“

10 110905

(sum)200 00000

(1 6?1 erence)L tan . g (C—B)

4, (C—B) 8°

8’30

12. (c B ) 107

°

30'0

6 63—3 ) 8 8 80

C = 1 15 88 80

B .. 99 21 80

It will be noticed that 107° and not 72° is taken as

the value of if For we know that 12° (C B) must be

greater than because,

as explained in Part II . art . 4 8,

F}; (C B ) and lg (c b) must be of the same afiection

,that is

,

must be both less or both greater than we thereforeselect the greater of the two values .

ExAMPLEs .

—XVIII .

1 . In the spherical triangle ABC find the third side,

having given

(1) A

(5) a

(6) a

96°

32'

0,b 0

,a 89

°

10 30

(2) A 50°

0'0"0 6 62

°

10 15 .

(3) a : 100°

,b 98

°

10'

0 88°

24; 30

(4 ) b 118°

2’l 5

,o 120

°

18’

30 A 27°

22'30

87°

10'15 0 62

°

86’

c 102°

58’30

69°

19'

6 78°

59'15 0 : 110° 4 8’

4 5

2 . In the spherical triangle ABC find directly by Napier’sAnalogies the remaining angles of the triangle , having given

(1) A 85°

31'

b 4 9°

86’ c 100

°17

'30

(2) a 109°

15' b 93

°

26’

c 53°

21'30

Page 220: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF OBLIQUE—ANGLED ‘ SPH ERICAL TRIANGLES . 207

CASE III .

20 . Having given two sides of a spherical triangle, and theangle opposite to one of them,

tofind the othe7° parts . (See PartII .

,arts . 52

,58 )

In the spherical triangle ABC let a : 80°

5’

b: 70°

10’80

and A 88° required the other parts .

(1) Tofind the angle B .

Since sin . B sin . 6sin . A

em . 0

therefore L sin . B L sin. A L sin . b L cosec . a 20.

L sin . 88°

15’0

”9 789018

L sin . 70°

10’80 9 978466

L cosec . 80°

5’0

”100 06588

(sum) 29 719017

200 00000’

(difference) L sin . B 9 719017

There are two angles less than which correspond tothe given logarithm ,

Viz. 8 1°

84’80

”and 14 8

°

25’

and wehave to determine which of the '

two is the angle sought,or

whether both values are admissible .

Since b is less than CL,the angle B must be lessthan A

(Part II .

,art . that is

,less than 88°

The value 14 8° 25’80

” is therefore plainly inadmissible,

and 81°

84’80 is the only value of B .

(2) Tofind the side 6 .

We have now the two sides ct,b,and the angles Opposite

to these sides,A

,B . Hence

,by Napier’s Analogies

,

therefore L tan . L cos . i; (A B) L sec. 33; (A B)6

+ L tan .

—(CL + b) - 20.

Page 221: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

208 PRACTICAL SPH ERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

A 0 a 80°

5’

0

B 31 34 30 b 70 10 30

A + R 64 4 9 30 a + b 150 15 30

32 24 4 5 75 7 4 5

A —B 1 40 30

g(A —B ) . 0 50 15

L cos .

15 (A B )

L sec .

lg (A B )

L tan . 55 (a b)

(sum)

(Qifference) L tan

Therefore 72°

82’ 80

c2

c = 14 5° 5’

. 0

(8) Tofind the angle 0 .

Having now the three sides a,b,c,we may find 0 as in

Case I .

,art . 18 .

Thus L hav . C log . cosec . a log . cosec . b—b) + J

2~ L hav . (c —a —b) .

80°

5’0 log . cosec . 0 . 0 06588

70 10 80 log . cosec . b 0 26584

9 54 80 % L hav . (c+ a—b) 4 9 89581

14 5 5 0 12° L hay. (c—a—b) . 4 9 65902

c+ a—b 154°

59’80 (sum) L hav . 0 9 988555

c—a—b 185°

10’80

therefore C = 161° 26’0

21 . In the preceding example,as we have seen

,one triangle

only was possible for the given data . That which followssupplies an illustration of the ambiguities discussed in articles52 and 58 of Part. II .

In the spherical triangle ABC having given a 50°

4 5’

15

b 69°

12' A 4 4

°

22’

find the angle B .

Page 223: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

210 PRACTICAL SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

Tofind the side b.

Since sin . Bsin . A

therefore L sin . b L sin . B L sin . a L cosec . A 20

L sin . 110°

16’4 5”

9 972210

L sin . 88 18 80 99 96957

L cosec. 75 81 0 100 14 026

(sum) 29 988 198

200 00000

(difference) L sin . 6 99 88 198

Therefore b 74°

9’

45,or 105

°

50’15 And since bmust

in this case be greater than a,which is 88° 18 ’ the second

of these values is clearly the only one admissible ; that is,b 105

°

50’15

By a test similar to that applied in Case III . we may asoertain whether the given conditions may be expected to furnish

o ne result or two by considering whether the angle A ,opposite

to the given side,falls between B and 180

°

B . In the presentinstance these angle s are 1 10

°

16’4 5 and 69

°

4 8’

The

value of A,75

°

8 1’0

,1ies between these limits

,and consequently

only one value of a was to be looked for .

We have now in the triangle ABC two sides and the anglesopposite to those sides the remaining parts of the triangle may

therefore be determined by the methods explained under Case III .

ExAMPLEs .

-XX.

In the spherical triangle ABC find the side b,having given

(1) a 81°

87’ A 78

°

29’ B 75

°

4 9’

80"

(2) a 105°

80’0 A 99

°

86’ B 86

°

25’

CASE V.

23. H aving given two angles of a spherical triangle and the

included side,tofind the other parts. (See Part II .

,art .

In the spherical triangle ABC let A 88’ B

51°

80’ c 60

°

18’ it is required to find the other

parts .

Page 224: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF OBLIQ UE -ANGLE D SPHERICAL TRIANGLES . 21 1

Tofind the angle 0 .

Let A’B ’C’ be the polar triangle to ABC .

Then A a’ B b

c C’

180°

(Part II .

,

art .

A 1 18°

88’80

” B 51°

80’80 c 60

°

18’0

180°

180°

180°

(difference) a/66

°

26’80 b

’128

°

29’80 C

'

1 19°

4 2’0

Hence in the triangle having given two sides and

the included angle,we may find the third side , as in Case II .

L sin . a/

9 962205 b’

128°

29’80

L sin . b’

9 898595 a’

66 26 80

L haV. C’

9 878744 b’ —a

62 8 0

29 729544

200 00000

(difference) L hav. 9 9 729544

therefore 0 94°

11’0

tab. vers . 9 1072948

tab. vers . (b’

a’

) 581299

tab. vers . 6 ’1604 24 7

therefore o’

127°

10’29

180 0 0

(difi'

erence) 0 52°

4 9’8 1

To obtain the remaining two sides,

. a,b,of the triangle ABC

,

we first determine the angles A ’

,B

’ of the polar triangle as inCase I . Thus

bl

And in the same way the

80 log . cosec . 6’

0 98654

80” log . cosec . b

’1 06405

0 5L hav . (a’

b’ f c

) 4 74 624 8

30 %L hav . (a’

-b") 4 7 8 1009

30 L hav . A’

9 6828 16

80 A’

87°

50’4 5

180

(difference) a 92°

9’15

remaining side bmay be determ ined .

P 2

Page 225: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

PRACTICAL SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

CASE VI .

24 . H aving given the three angles of a spherical triangle, to

find the three sides. (See Part II .

,art .

In the spherical triangle ABC let A 101°

17’80 B

109°

52’ C 102

°

81’ it is required to find the sides .

Then if A’B

’C

’ be the polar triangle, we shall have A a,’

B b’ C c

101°

17’80

” B 1090

52’0

”C .

180 180

78°

42’80 70

°

8’0

Tofind the state a .

0’

77°

29’0 log . cosec . 0

’ 0 1044 7

b’

70 8 0 log . cosec . b’ 0 2664 8

6,

bl

7 21 0 %L + c’

b’

)a

78 4 2 30 %L hav . (af —7 : —

b7

) .

86°

3'30" (sum) L hav . A

9 687045

5' 6’

71°

21'30 A ’

82°21

’45

180

(difference) a 97°

88'

15

And in the same manner the other sides of the triangle may

be determined .

ExAMPLEs.—XXI .

spherical triangle ABC fina the other parts,having

81°

24’45 B 61

°

8 1’4 5 C 102

°

78°

36’30 B 83

°

16’

C 98°

34'30

69°

37'

B 88°

35'

o 121 37'

30

Page 227: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

214 PRACTICAL SPHERICAL TRIGONOME TRY.

a known part its appropriate sign, in order that he may determinethe sign belonging to the ratio from which the unknown part is

to be obtained .

Exemp la—In the spherical triangle ABC

,having given

6 118° A 28

° B find the remaining parts .

It is convenient to mark the two parts given ,as shown in

the figure .

(1) Tofind the side ct .

The three parts involved are a,c,

7

2

’A

,of which 0 is the

middle part, 06 and A being the adjacent parts .

Hence

sin . c tan . a tan . (225 A),sin . c tan . a cot . A .

Therefore

tan . a sin . 6 tan . A

and L tan . a L sin . c L tan . A 10.

And the signs of sin . c and tan . A being in each case +5 the sign

of tan . a also is

(2) Tofind the side b.

The three parts in this case are b, g A

,6,of which

A is the m iddle part,and c

, g—b are the adjacent parts .

Page 228: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

SOLUTION OF RIGHT-ANGLED SPHERICAL TRIANGLE S. 215

H ence

(g A) tan . 6 tan

cos . A tan . a cot . b.

cot. b cos. A cot . c,

and L cot . b L cos . A L cot . c 10.

In this case cos . A is and cot . c is Therefore cot . balso is which shows that b is greater than

(8) Tofind the angle C .

Here C) is the middle part, c, A being the opposite

parts . Therefore

71"

—2

0) : c os. 0 cos

cos . 0 cos . a sin . A,

—10.

Here again cos . c is so that cos . 0 also is and 0 mustbe greater than

The necessary logarithm s may now be set down in order ;then

,adding each pair and rej ecting 10 from the characteristic

in each sum,we shall obtain the logarithms of the parts required .

(1)L sin . c 9 944 514 L cot . cL tan . A 9 64 174 7 L cos. A

(sum) L tan . 66 9 586261 (sum) L cot . b

(3)L cos . 0 ‘

9 676562

L sin . A 9 608594

(sum) L cos . 0 9 280156

therefore 21°

5’80 b= l 80

° —68° 4 2’15 = 116

°

C = 180°—79° 0’

4 5” —100° 59 ’

15"

Page 229: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

216 PRACTICAL SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

ExAMPLEs.—XXII .

In the right-angled triangle ABC find the other parts,having given

(1) 6 0,

6—100

°

0'0

,A = 9O

°

.

0'0

,0 0

,A = 9O

°

.

(3) c 4 6°

18’

B 34°

27' A

(4) a 85°

17'0 6 102

°

A

(5) a 100°

4 2'

B 78°

10'

A

(6) c 15 A 0,E = 90

°

.

(7) a 120°

18’45 6 101

°

9'0 o

(8) B‘

72°

19'0 6 50

°

50'

A

Note.-Example (8) affords an il lustration of the ambiguity

discussed in Part II .

,art . 68 . A diagram may easily be con

structed similar to the one given in that place,from which it

will at once be seen how it is that a double set of results may be

found to satisfy the data of the question .

CHAPTER VII .

THE SOLUTION OF QUADRANTAL SPHERICAL TRIANGLES .

(See Part II .

,Chapter VI .)

26 . If one side of the spherical triangle ABC, as c,be a

quadrant,the rules of Circular Parts

,given in art . 25

,may be used

in its solution,the five circular parts in this instance being A ,

B,

and the complements of a,b,and C .

It must be remembered,as pointed out in Part II .

,art . 66

,

that whenever the two adjacent parts, or the two opposite parts ,are both sides or both angles

,the sign must be attached to

their product .

Page 231: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

218 PRACTICAL SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

Hence

sin . B tan . C tan

or,

cot . a sin . B cot . C ;therefore L cot . c L sin . B + L cot . C—10,

and the sign of cot . c isWe have now only to add . the several pairs of logarithms,

and reject 10 from the characteristic in each case .

(1) (2)L cot . BL sin . 0

L cot . b

L sin . B 99 98572

L cot . 0 99 4 1718

L cot . 6 9 985285

therefore A 180°—88° 82’

4 5 =96°

27’15 b= 82 84

c 4 9°

15’

ExAMPLEs.

—XXIII .

In the spherical triangle ABC find the other parts, havinggiven

(1) A 6 50°

06 90

(2) B 6 a

(8) B 80° C 50

° a

(4) A 72°4 9

b 4 7°

4 4’

80”a

(5) c 4 9°

28’4 5 b 76

°

a

(6) a 60°10

’15 b 80

°

20’80

,c

Note . In the solution of right-angled and quadrantalspherical triangles it will be well for the beginner to arrangethe several parts of the triangle in the five compartments of a

circle , as has been done in thi s and in the previous chapter .As, however, he acquires familiarity with the Rules, he willprobably find that he is able to dispensew ith the circle , .

and

deduce the appropriate re lation between the three parts involveddirectly from inspection of the triangle .

Page 232: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANE OUS EXAMPLE S IN PLANETRIGONOMETRY .

1. An observer on the bank of a river finds that the elevationof the top of a tower on the opposite bank

,known to be 216

feet high,is 47° the height of his eye from the ground being

5 feet . Find the distance of the observer from the foot of thetower

2. A straight line,AD

,100 feet in height

,stands at right

angles to another straight line BDC at the point D . A t B theangle subtended by AD is 86° at C the angle is 54°

Find the length of BD0 .

3. A field is in the form of a right-angled triangle . The

base is 200 feet,and the angle adjacent to the base How

long will a man take to walk round it at the rate of four m ilesan hour

4 . Two points,B and G

,are 100 feet apart

,and a third

point,A

,is equally distant from B and C . What must be the

distance of A from each of the other two points in order that theangle BAC may be 150

°

5. A May-pole being broken off by the wind

,its top

struck the ground at a distance of 15 feet from the foot of thepole . Find the original height of the pole

,if the length of the

broken portion is 89 feet .6 . A ladder 86 feet long reaches a window 80 7 feet from

the ground on one side of a street,and when turned over about

its foot just reaches another window 189 feet high on the otherside of the street . Find the breadth of the street .

7. From the bottom of a tower a distance,AB

,is measured

in the horizontal plane , and found to be 50 yards, and at Athe angle BAC is observed to be 25° Required the heightof the tower BC .

Page 233: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

220 MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES IN PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

8 . To determine the distance of a ship at anchor at C a

distance,AB

,of yards was measured on the shore

,and

the angles CAB,CBA were found to be 82° 10’

and 88°

18’

respectively . Find the distance of the ship from A .

9 . Two ships, A ,B

,are anchored two m iles apart . At A

the angle between the other ship and an object,O,on shore is

found to be 85° at B the angle between C and the othership is 82° Find the distances of the two ships from C .

10 . The two sides, AB ,BC

,of the right—angled triangle

ABC are 18 and 24 . Find the length of the perpendicular letfall from the right angle upon the hypothenuse .

11. To determ ine the height,AB

,of a tower inaccessible at

the base,two stations

,0,D

,are chosen in a horizontal plane

,

so that A C,and:D are in the same vertical plane . The dis

tance CD is 100 yards,the angle AOB is 4 6

°

and BDA8 1

° Find the height AB .

12 . From the decks of two ships at C and D,880 yards

apart,the angle of elevation of a cloud at A

,in the same vertical

plane as C,D

,is observed

,and at C found to be at D

Find the height of the cloud above the surface of the sea,the

height of eye in each case being 21 feet .13. A tower subtended 89° to an observer stationed 200 feet

from the base . Find its height,and also the angle which it

will subtend to an observer at 850 feet from its base .

14 . To determ ine the distance between two ships at sea an

observer noted the interval between the flash and report of agun fired on board each ship, andmeasured the angle which thetwo ships subtended . The intervals were 4 seconds and 6 secondsrespectively

,and the angle 4 8° Find the distance of the

ships from each other,having given the velocity of sound

feet per second .

15 . From the top of a ship’s mast,80 feet above the water

,

the angle of depression of another ship’s hull was observed,and

found to be Required the distance between the two ships .16 . Two monuments are 50 feet and 100 feet in height re

spectively,’and the line joining their tops makes with the

horizontal plane an angle of Find their distance apart .17. To determine the distance between two ships at anchor

,

Page 235: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

222 MISCELLANEOUS E XAMPLES IN PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

24 . A t B,the top of a castle which stood on a hill near the

seashore,the angle of depression

,HBS

,of a ship at anchor was

52’and at B

,the bottom oi

'

the castle,its depression

,NB S

,

was 4 Find the height of the top of the building abovethe level of the sea

,the height of the castle itself being 54 feet .

25 . In order to find the breadth of a river a base line of

500 yards was measured in a straight line close to one side ofit,and at each extremity of the base the angle subtended by the

other end and a tree upon the opposite bank were m easured .

These angles were 58°

and 79°

12’ respectively ; find the

breadth of the river .26 . The elevation of the top of a spire at one station

,A

,was

28°

50’

and the horizontal angle at this station betweenthe spire and ariother station

,B

,was 98

°

4’

The horizontalangle at B was 54° 28’

80”

and the distance between the sta

tions 4 16 feet what was the height of the spire ?27. In order to find the distance of a battery at B from a

fort at F,distances BA

,AO were measured to points A

, C ,

from which both the fort and battery were Visible,the former

distance being and the latter yards . The following angles were then observed : BAF : 84

°

PAC 54°

and FCA 80° From these data find the distance of the

fort from the battery .

28 . From a ship sailing along a coast a headland,O,was oh

served to bear N .E . by N . After the ship had sailed E . by N . 15

miles the headland bore W .N .W . Find the distance of the head

land at each observation .

29 . A cape,C,bore from a ship and a headland

,H

,

bore N .N .E . i E . After the ship had sailed E . by N 4 N . 28 milesthe cape bore W .N .W . and the headland N by W. 8W. Findthe bearing and distance of the cape from the headland .

30 . From a ship sailing N .W. two islands appeared in sight,

one bearing the other N . When the ship had sailedsix m iles farther they bore W. by S . and NE . respectively . Findtheir bearing and distance from each other .

31 . :A ship was yards due south of a lighthouse . Afterthe ship had sailed N .W . by N . 800 yards the angle of elevationof the top of the lighthouse was 5° Find its height .

Page 236: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANE OUS E XAMPLES IN PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. 223

32. A church , 0 , bears from a battery,B 960 yards

distant . How must the church bear from a ship at sea whichruns in until the battery is due north , yards distant ?

33 . What angle will a tower subtend at a distance equal to

six times the height of the tower ? Where must the observerstation himself that the angle of elevation may be double the

former angle ?

34 . A May-pole was broken by the wind, and its top struck

the ground 20 feet from the base . Being again fixed it wasbroken a second t ime 5 feet lower down , and its top reached theground at a point 10 feet farther than before . Find the height

of the pole .

35 . The summit, A ,of a hill bore east from a spectator at

B,and E NE . from a spectator at C

,a point due south of B .

The angle of elevation of the point A at B being find itselevation at C .

36 . An observer finds the angle of elevation of a tower at apoint B to be 28° After walking from B 800 feet

,in a

direction at right angles to the line joining B with the foot ofthe tower

,lie found the elevation to be 21° R equired the

distance of the tower from B .

37. The distance between two obj ects,0 and D

,is known to

be yards . Ou one side of the line CD there are twostations

,A

,B

,at which angles are observed . The angle CAD

is 85° DAB 28° CBD 68°

and CBA 8 1° Fromthese observations find the distance between A and B .

38 . The area of a triangle is 6 square feet, and two of its

sides are 8 feet and 5 feet . Find the third side .39 . Find the area of a regular octagon

,the side of which is

16 yards .40 . The area of a regular decagon is 8288 5 square yards .

Find a side .

41 . If at the top of a mountain the true depression of the

horizon is 1° find the height of the mountain,supposing the

earth to be a sphere of diameter miles .

42 . A flagstaff, 12 feet high , on the tOp of a tower,sub

tended an angle of 4 8’20

” to an observer at a distance of 100yards from the foot of the tower . Find the height of the tower .

Page 237: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

224 MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES IN PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.

43. Walking along a road I observed the elevation of a

tower to be and the angular distance of its top from an

object in the road was The shortest distance from the

tower to the road being 200 feet,

find the height of the former .44 . The sides of a triangle were 6

,and the angles were to

each other 1 2 8 . Find the sides .45 . The perimeter of a triangle is 100 yards

,and the

angles are to each other in the proportions of 1,2,4 . Find

the sides of the triangle .

46 . The perimeter of a right-angled triangle is 24 yards, andone of its angles is Find the sides .

47. In the plane triangle ABC the side a is 400 feet,and

the sum of b and c is 600 feet, the angle A being Findband c.

48 . The perimeter of a right-angled triangleis 24 feet,and

its‘

base is 8 feet . Find the other sides .49 . At the distance of 80 feet from a steeple the angle made

by a linedawn“

,

from its top to pm of observation wasdouble that made by a line ~drawn the “

top,to a point 250

feet from the steeple on the same level . Find the height of thesteeple .

50 . In the plane triangle ABC , the side 6 is 70 feet , a b

18 feet,and A B Solve the triangle .

Page 239: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

226 MISCELLANEOUS E XAMPLES IN SPHERICAL TRIGONOME TRY .

13. Find the latitude of a place at which the Sun’s centre justtouches the horizon without setting on the longest day

14 . In latitude 50° 4 8 ’N . the altitude of the Sun was 4 6° 20 ’

(west of the meridian) and its declination was 28° 27’4 5

”N .

find the azimuth and the apparent time .

15 . The azimuth of a heavenly body was N . 1 11°

51'W .

,

its altitude at the same time was 4 6°

and declination28

°

27’4 5

”N . find the apparent time .

16 Find the altitude of a star,whose hour-angle is 2h. 82m .

and declination 16° N .

,at a place in latitude 50° 4 8 ’

N .

17. In latitude 50° 4 8’

N the Sun ’s declination being12

°

29’

N .

,find his azimuth at 2h. 58m . 1s . A .M .

,apparent time .

18 . Having given the Sun’s altitude 4 2° declination22

°

10’N .

,and azimuth S . 57

°

4 5’ W .

,find the latitude .

19 . Having given the Sun’s altitude 87 hour-angle

2h. 15m .

,and declination 22° 80’

N .

,find the latitude (zenith

north of the Sun) .20 . Having given the Sun ’s altitude when due west

,

and its declination 20° N find the latitude .

21 . Having given the Sun’s declination 28° 27’45 and the

latitude of the place 50°

4 8’N .

,find the time when he will be

on the prime vertical , and the altitude at the time .

22 . Two stars are due east at the same time at a place in

latitude 50° 4 8’N . ; their altitudes are 20

°

and 40°

find the

difference of their hour-angles .

23. Having given the Sun’s altitude at six o’clock 18°

and declination 20°

4’

N .

,find the latitude .

24 .Having given the latitude of the place 50° 4 8’

N .

,and

the Sun’s declination 28°

27’4 5

”N .

,find the altitude and

azimuth at six o’clock .

25.Find the apparent time of sun-rise at a place in latitude

50°

4 8’N . when the amplitude is E . 10

°

S .

,neglecting the

e ffects of refraction .

26 . Having given the Sun’s amplitude W. 87°

80’

N .

,and

declination 15° 12’N .

,required the latitude .

272 Having given the latitude of the place 50°

4 8’ N and

the Sun’s declination 18° 28’N . ; find the amplitude and

the length of the day .

Page 240: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANEOus EXAMPLES IN SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY . 227

28 . Where will the Sun rise in latitude 50° 4 8’N . when the

day is 14 hours long ?29 . Having given the Sun’s altitude 22° the hour-angle

8h.

,and the declination find the latitude .

30 . The right ascension of the Sun is 4h. l 0m . 20s.

,and the

obliquity of the ecliptic 28° 27’find the declination and

longitude .

31 . The right ascension of a heavenly body is 2h. 59m . 87s ,

the declination 21° 27’4 5

”N . find its latitude and longitude .

32 . The latitude of a heavenly body was 4 6° 6 ’15

”N .

,and

the longitude 284 ° 86’find the declination and right

ascension .

33. Two places have the same latitude, 4 5°

N .

,and their

difference of longitude is 10° 86’find their distance apart

,

measured on the parallel of latitude passing through them .

34 . Find the distance between Portsmouth and BuenosAyres

,measured upon the arc of the great circle passing through

these places,having given

Lat . Portsmouth . 50°

4 8’N .

Buenos Ayres 84 87 S .

Long . Port smouth 1 6 W.

Buenos Ayres 58 24 W.

35 . A ship from latitude 50° 10’N starts on a great circle

,

sailing S . 4 5° W . What course will she be steering after fol

lowing the arc of the great circle for 100 m iles36 . What is the highest latitude attained by a ship sailing

on the arc of a great circle,

from Port Jackson to Cape Horn,

their latitudes being 88° 51 ’S . and 55

°

58’

S . respectively,and

the difference of longitude 140° 27’

37. R equired the Sun’s depression below the horizon at 7h.

P .M .

,when the declination is 10° 15’ S and the latitude of

the place 50° 48’

N

38 . Determ ine the azimuth of the two stars Aldebaran and

Pollux when on the same vertical circle,the latitude of the place

being 25° N the R A . and declination of the former star being4h . 26m . 4 6s . and 16

°

11’N . ; of the latter 7h. 85m . 138 . and

28 24’80”

N .

Page 241: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

228 MISCELLANE OUS EXAMPLES IN SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY.

39 . In a certain latitude (zenith N .) theMoon'

s true altitudewas 18

°

2’80

(east of meridian) when upon the same verticalcircle as a star whose R A . and declination were 9h. 59m . 4 2s .

and 12°

4 5’4 5

”N . The Moon’s R .A . and declination being

12h. 85m . 54 s. and 1°

4 2’80”

S . ,required the latitude .

The problem s hitherto given may be regarded as exercises inthe practical solution of spherical triangles . Those whichfollow require for the most part a greater degree of mathematicalskill

,and are therefore distinguished by an asterisk

The altitude of a star when due east was and itrose E . by N . Find the latitude .

4 1 . The altitude of a star when due east was and whendue south find the latitude .

* 42 . Having given the altitude of the Sun When due west,

and at six o’clock,to find the latitude and declination .

E xamp le—Aititude when west .

27°

at six o’clock14

°

4 8’80

4 3. Having given the Sun ’s altitude at six o ’clock,and his

amplitude,to find the latitude of the place and declination of

the sun .

E xamp le—Altitude at six o ’clock 14

°

4 8’80 amplitude

W . 80°

4 4’

80”N .

4 4 . Having given the Sun’s altitude at six o ’clock,and the

hour-angle at setting,to find the latitude and declination .

E xamp le—Altitude at six o ’clock 14 ° 4 8 ’ hour-angle

at setting 7h. 85m . 22s.

45 . Having given the times at which the Sun sets,and is

west, on the same day, at a particular place, to find the latitudeof the place and the declination .

E xemp la—Hour-angle when west 4h. 4 8m . 28s .

,hour-angle

at setting 7h. 85m . 22s .

* 46 . Having given the Sun’s declination,and the interval

between the times at which he is west,and sets

,to find the

latitude of the place .

Ewa/mp le .—Declination 20° N .

,interval 2h . 51m , 54 s.

Page 243: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

230 MISCELLANE OUS EXAMPLES IN SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY .

* 54 . Find the declination of the Sun when he is in thehorizon of Dublin and of Pernambuco at the same instant , therespective latitudes being 58° 21’

N . and 8°

18’S .

,and the

longitudes 6° 19’ W . and 85°

5’ W.

* 55 . ABCD is a square field,each of whose sides is 100

yards . In the m iddle of the field stands an obelisk 60 feet high ;find the altitude of the Sun when the shadow of the obelisk justreaches the corner of the square .

56 . A t noon on the shortest day the shadow of a perpendicular stick was seven times as long as its shadow at noon onthe longest day required the latitude

,the declination being

28°

57. Comp are the lengths of the shadow of a perpendicularstick at noon in latitude 4 5° N . on the two days when the Sun’sdeclination is 15° N . and 15

°

S . respectively .

58 . In latitude 88° 80’N . I observed that my shadow bore

to my height the proportion of 5 required the altitude andhour-angle of the Sun

,having given the declination 10° 15’

N .

* 59 . The length of the shadow of a perpendicular objectwas 4 feet

,and its longest when sloping was 5 feet 5 required

the Sun’s altitude .

60 . The elevation of a cloud was observed to be and

at the same time the Sun’s altitude was the Sun and cloudbeing in the same vertical plane with the observer, whosedistance from the shadow was 400 yards . Find the height ofthe cloud .

61 . In latitude 4 5° N .

,the meridian altitude of the Sun

was show that the tangent of one quarter of the length of.

the day was1

62 . A t a certain place the Sun rose at 7h. A .M .

,apparent

time , and its meridian zenith distance was twice the latituderequired the latitude .

* 63. In latitude 4 5° N . the Sun rose at 4h . A .M .

,apparent

time ; show that the tangent of the meridian altitude was 8 .

In latitude 50°

N . when the Sun’s declination is

88’N .

, required the time it will take to rise out of the horizon

,its semidiameter being 16

Page 244: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES IN SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY . 23 1

* 65 . R equired the time the Sun’s semidiameter will' taketo pass the meridian

,the declination being 28° 4 ’

and semidiameter 16’

66 . In latitude required the difference in the lengthsof the longest and shortest days .

67. In what latitude will the difference between the longestand shortest days be just 6 hours

* 68 . A t a certain place,when the Sun’s declination was

10°

N . it rose an hour later than when it was 20° N . requiredthe latitude .

* 69 . In what latitude will the shortest day be just onethird the longest

70 . A t a certain place,when the Sun’s declination was d,

the length of day was 18h. 88m .

,and when the declination

was 2d the length of day was 15h . 26m . ; find the latitude ofthe place and the declination of the Sun .

Page 245: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 247: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

234 ANSWERS TO EXAMPLE S .

(4) 21872 3.

1X. (pagelog. ar 2 log. a log. 6 log. 6 2 log. d.

log. 3: 2 log. a log. 5 4 log. 6 1 .

log. 2: 5 (log. a log. b) log. c 2 log. d.

log. ar 4 (log. a, log. 6 4 log. 6) log. d.

1 10592 . (2) 0 7509 . (8) 0 0000675 .

(5) 54 9 5 . (6) 17470 .

947 95 .

x 2 4 101 . (2) x 13 684 . (3) x 1 587.

.r 0 057. (5) a: 0 6188 . (6) x 10 054 .

ar 1 275 . (8) x 0 827.

log . 6 log. 0 log. 6

log. a(2) x

mlog. a n log. 6.

n log. 6

(2) 7 153. (3)

X . (page1 . x = 144 '5 . 2 . 56 : 074764 . 8 . x =

XI . (page

4 . x 198789

(1) c 273 1, A 52°37' c 37

°22' 30

(2) 6 = 506 -9,A = 4S

°14 ' 15 C = 40

°45' 45

(3) c = 4264,A = 56

°29

'B = 33

°30' 45

(4) a °1286,c

°l 582, O

(5) a 0 4767, b 0 6223, A

a B 56°29 ’ C 88

°30

'

45

195 feet. 8 . 288 5 feet . 4 . 499 7 feet.8 14 feet . 7 . 24 miles. 8 . 868 4 feet.

VII. (page

(2) 2 6389 . (3) 2 222.

(2) 1295-71.

VIII . (page2 . 11078 5 .

5 . 247742 8 .

8 . 0 068241 .

11 . 28 1116 .

14 . 14 7928 .

17. 0 9644 .

20.

'272016 .

28 . 0 00000000008741 .

26 . 8 5475 .

Page 248: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

I

O

ANSWERS TO EXAMPLE S.

XII. (pageA = B = 35

°12

'

o . 55°2°

A : 54°

B = 0 : 42°53

°4 5

A 56°4 ° B = 48

°31° o .= 0

A : 0 = 34°39"30

A 10°58

B 107°58

4 5

A : 107° 46’ B 53

°7° 30

0 : 61°3° 15

, o = 19°

28°14 ’ B a 4 5

°12

’C = 106

°33

15

A = 20°11’ B : 4 8

°

19’

C = 111° 29 ’15

XIII . (page

(1 ) c B = 36°6

'

0 : 102°84 ’

(2) b = 22 68,B = 105

°

52’

80

(3) 6 73 98, B

(4 ) b 8,

c 4,

(5 ) c 1 0 13, A 28°

(6 ) a 279 7, 6 243,

(7) 6 265 8 , c 2076 ,

C : 27°7’

C 29°

C 88°2

’80”

O 106°

87’

O 91°

C

(8) A 54°

2’ 15”

or 125°57

’C 84

°47 45”

or 12°52’ 15

c = 219 8 or 49 06 .

(9) B = 80°39

,45

”0 1

' 99°20

’7

’30 or 24

027

c 21867 or 12937 .

Bearingof lighthouse from fort, S . 50°24 ’ W.

4 59 miles.

8h. 32m. nearly.

4 . 3h. 20m. nearly.

6 . 2 298 miles.

XIV. (page

(1) B 52°54

° o 60°44 ° a 73 5.

(2) A 54°8

’ B 82°57’

c 430 .

(3) B 29°

7° o 4 5°24

' a 1069 2 .

(4) A 62°51° B 4 1

°c 0 391 .

108 52 miles. 8 . feet.S . 11

°82’ E ,

1 65 mile per hour.4 . yards.

XV . (page

(1) 80627 square yards.

(3) 3714 square feet .

(5) 2362 5 square feet.acres.

(2) 2288 3 square feet.(4) 5 902 square feet.

3. 42 9 feet.27

024

/ 102°37" 49

°57, 45 5 . feet.

XVI. (page

(1) 8358 square feet.‘688 square inch .

97687 square yards.

(2) 1540280 square; feet.3. 604 acres.

Page 249: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

236 ANSWERS TO EXAMPLE S .

XVII . (pageA : 59

°

B = 0 : 71°

A = 115°39

’ B = o 75°31° 45

°

A = 81°24

°B = 30

A = 147°3° B = 113

°28

°0 o 90

°

A = B = o'

= 89°59

°30

XVIII . (page

(1) a = 96°10

°

(2) a = 46°

(3) C : 87°

(4) a 23°

57°

(5) c = 100°

(6) c = 105°

(1) B = 49°30

’0 : 100

°4 8

(2) A = 111°18

’B = 80

°5

’45

XIX. (page1 . (1) B = 56

°57’

(2) B = 36°51° 15

°or 143

°

2 . B = 43° c = 101°1°30 C = 108

°1° 30

XX . (pageb= 78

°

13’

(2) b 77°

16’15

”or 102

°43

’4 5

XXI. (pagea = 87

°10

b 62°86

4 5”

0 : 100010

’15

a = 79°26 ’ b= 84

°49

’0 c 97

°26

’0

a = 66°48

’b= 101

°25

’c = 128

°23

30

XXII . (pagea 94

°B : 0 :

a = t = 100°0°

0 : 87° °

15

a 6 26°23

°30

,0 = 66

°59

°

30

E = 101°31° o - 111

°58

°0

6 74°5°

c 131°32

°4 5

a = 6 : 9 1°4 ° 15 ° 0 : 0

c 84°24

°

A B = 99°39

°30

a 54°28

° 0 °or 125

°32

°0 °

c 23°2°30 °

or 156°57° 30

o = 28°44 ° or 151

°15° 15

XXIII . (page6 B = 49

°8°0

6 65°

82°26

°O

,A = ° 4 5

0°0”

,B = 4 5

°

4 8°

A = 78°51

°

0

Page 251: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

238 AN SWERS TO EXAMPLES .

56°

30. Dec . 21°

4’N long. 6

Lat . 4°14

’45” N . long. 48

°87’

Dec. 25°50’ N. ; R .A . 16h. 14m. 38 .

449 7 miles. 84 . miles.

S . 4 8°8 W. 86 . 72

°4 1’ S .

17° 38 . N 75

°5

’ W .

19°55

’ 30” N. 40. 29°42’ N .

58°8 1

’ N 42 . Lat. Dec.

Lat . 42°or 48

°N Dec. 22

°20’

or 20°

N .

Lat. Dec . 4 5. Lat. Dec .

42°or 47. L

_

at. 48°N. Dec. 20

°

Lat . 48°

0’ 15” Dec. 49 . 47

°

20°

N .

Azimuth N 77 28’E ; time 9h. 47m . 58s. A .M . altitude

,59

°11 ’

Time 9h. 4 7m. 58s. A .M . ; period 4h. 24m. shadow went:

through 12°82’

Lat. 50°

N . ; time 5h. 9m . 403. A .H .

18°

55 . 15°

47 80

38°27’

57 A s 1 to 3.

A lt. 80°

hour angle 8h. 58m . 38 .

86°52’

15”

60. yards.

26°58

’64 . 8m . 218 .

1 111 . 118 . 66 . 6h. 51m . 408 .

4 1°

68 . 52°27 N .

58°

70. Lat. 54°17’ d 8

°40

3(

Page 252: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

A P P E N D I X

C OL L E C T I ON O F E XAM PL E S

SELECTED FROM

PAPERS SET AT THE ROYAL NAVAL COLLEGE

B E TWE EN THE Y EARS 1880—1893

WITH A N SWE R S

Page 253: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 255: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

242 APPENDIX.

8 . H OW large a mark on a target yards off Willsubtend an angle of one second at the eye

9 . It has been found from the transit of Venus in 1882 thatthe E arth’s semidiameter subtends an angle of at the Sun .

Find the Sun’s distance,the E arth ’s radius being

miles .10. Assuming the Moon’s distance from the E arth to be

equal to 60 times the E arth’s radius,express in degrees and in

circular measure the approximate value of the angle subtendedat the Moon by the E arth

’s radius .11. The measure of the same angle is given by one person as

15,and by another as 16. Taking it for granted that the first

person means 15 degrees,find the unit employed by the second

person .

12. Find the number of degrees in the unit of angular

measurement When the right angle is measured by 2

13. The perimeter of a certain sector of a circle is equal tothe length of the arc of a semicircle of the same radius . Findthe number of degrees

,minutes

,and seconds in the angle of the

sector .14 . If an angle subtended by an are equal to W times the

radius be taken as the.

unit,What number Will measure an

angle of 4 5°

15. One angle of a triangle is and the circular measure5

of another is4

16 . Find the angle Whose circular measure is equal to 7

times the square root of the numbei" of right angles in theangle .

17. In sailing three-quarters of a m ile a ship changes thedirection of her course from to E S E . find the radius of

the circular arc she describes .18 . The are of a certain sector

\ _

of a circle is equal in lengthto the sum of its bounding radii find the number of degrees

,

minutes,and seconds in the angle between -these radii .

19 . In a circleo f radius unity a certain arc subtends at thecentre an angle Whose circular measure is A . In a second

find the circular measure of the third angle .

Page 256: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANE OUS EXAMPLE S. 243

circle an arc of the same length subtends an angle of A 0: find

the radius of the latter .20 . Show that the supplement of half the complement of an

angle is greater than the complement of half its supplement bythe angle of a regular octagon .

21. The circular measure of the difference between the

vertical angle and either of the angles at the base of an isosceles

triangle isv_

r

,the vertical angle being the smaller . Express the

angles in degrees .22. The four angles of a quadrilateral figure are in arith

metical progression ,and the greatest is to the least as 17 to 8 .

Express each angle in degrees .23. The angle subtended at the centre by a certain chord is

such that the ‘ square root of its cosine is equal to the ratio ofthe chord to the radius of the circle . Express the angle bothin degrees and circular measure .

24 . Show With the aid of logarithmic tables that log .

cos. 9 log . (circular measure of 9) very nearly, When9 4 2° 18

5" and w 9 14 159 .

13.—PART L CAP . VIII .

-XI .

Prove the identities25. (sin . A cos . A ) (sin .

3 A cos .3 A )(sin . A cos . A) (sin .

3 A cos .3A ) 2 sin . A cos. A .

26 . 1 tan fi A z: sec .

4 A (sec .

2 A 8 sin .

2 A ) .27. sec .

2 A vers . (90O A ) vers . (90

0 A) z: 1 .

28 . (tan . A cot . A 1) (sin . A cos. A ) tan . A sin . Acot . A cos . A .

29 . 1 cos . 4 A cosec .

2A sin .

4A sec .

2A cot .

2A tan .

2 A .

30. (1 cos. A cosec .

2 A cos.

2A cosec .

2 A ) vers . A 1 .

31. {(cos . A sin . A )2 1}(1 tan .

2 A )2 (cos .

2 A sin .

2 A ) tan . A .

32. (sin . A cosec . A )2 (cos . A see . A)

2

1 sec .

2 A cosec .

2A .

Xa

0 0

cos. A (sec. A cosec . A ) sin .

3 A cos .

3 Asm A

Page 257: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

24 4 APPENDIX.

34 . sin . 4A 4 sin . A cos.

3A 4 cos . A sin .

3 A .

35. sin . 5A 16 sin .

5 A 20 sin .

3 A 5 sin . A .

36.

1 2 cos. A1 cos . A cos. 2A

37. 2 sin . 2A sin . 4A 4 sin . 2A cos.

2A .

38 . (cos. 2A cos . 4A ) cos. 3A (sin . 4A sin . 2A) sin . 3A.

2 sin . A39 .

cos. A cos. 3A'

40. sin . 3A sin . 5A 8 sin . A cos.

2A cos . 2A .

41. sin . A sin . 3A sin . 5A 4 sin . 7A

16 sin . A cos . 2A 2A .

42. sin . 2A sin . 4A sin . 6A sin . 12A

4 sin . 8A sin . 4A sin . 5A .

cot. A 0 0t ° 4A °

1 -1- sec . 2A .

cot . 2A cot . 3A 2

_

1_

6 6_

1_

4 4 21

44 .

3(cos. A sin . A )

4(00 s . A sm . A )

12.

45. (cos . A sin . A ) (cos . 2A sin . 2A) cos. A sin . 3A .

1 A)sin (4 +

—2?

(z—A)4

47. sin . A sin . 2A 2 cos . A cos . 2A 2 A .

48 . sec .

2 A tan .

2 A (1 2 cos. 2A)2

(1 2 cos .4 9 . 1 (cos .

2 A sin .

2 A)3 2 cos.

2 A (cos .4 A 3 sin .

4 A ) .

50. cos. 6A 16 (cos.

6 A sin .

6A ) 15 cos . 2A .

51. tan . 3A tan . 2A tan . A tan . A tan . 2A tan. 3A .

52. sin . A sin . 2A sin . 8A r; 4 sin .—g-A cos. A cos .}A.

2

vr + A 7r —A A4 253 tan

4tan

4sec

2

54 . (sin . 2A 2 sin. A)2

(cos. 2A 2 cos. A

16 cos .

4A

.

2

55. cos? ? (1 2 cos. A )

2 sin .

2 f; (1 2 cos . A)2 1 .

cosec56. tan . A cot

Page 259: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

tan .

2 72° tan .

2 36° 10

cos.

2 72° cos.

2 36° 2cos . 2 18° cos.

2 30° cos.

2 54° 2.

sin . 87° sin . 59° sin . 93° sin . 61° sin . 1°

tan . 36° tan . 18° O.

. (a)

80. If sin. A?_i find the values of sin .

25’

2

81. If A lies between 270° and shew that 2

If cot . A 2v2, find sin . A .

83. If sin . A 1 sin . B2—9 find tan . (A B ) .

25’

29’

5 B_

3 A B84 If tan A12

,2

—4,find sin .

185. If cos . A

4 (V6 V2) , and cos . B

cos . (A B) .

86 . If tan . A 9,prove that

a

a b 2 cos. A

a —b N/oos. 2A

87. If sin . (A B ) 3 tan . A 5. tan . B ,find the value

of sin . (A B ) .88 . If cot . A 5 cos . B 3, show that 2A B

89 . If the sine of an angle in the third quadrant is g,the cosine of half the angle .

90. The cosine of an angle in the second quadrant is

find the values of the sine and tangent .

If tan . 9 9,show that a cos . 29 b sin . 29 a .

a

1 8 cos . 2A92. If cot . A : 2 tan . (A—B ) , show that tan . B

8 sin . 2A

Page 260: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

M ISCELLANE OUS E XAMPLE S. 247

O.—PART I . CAP . XII .—XIV .

93. If sin . 9 3 cos. 9 1,find tan . 9 .

94 . If 5 sin . 9 12 cos. 9 13,find tan . 9.

95. If tan . 9 tan . 39 find tan . 9 and tan . 39.

96. If see . A cosec .

"

A 2M2, find sin . 2A .

1 2M?97. H ve that . 9 cos. 9 2

av mg gi n (sm2fl/2

find cos . 4 9.

98. Solve the equations

(a) sin . 9 cos. 29 1 .

(19) 11 cos . a 6 sin .

2 0 10.

(a) tan . (4:5O 9) 1 tan . 9 .

(d) 2 cos. 9 8 2 sec . 9.

1 sin . 92

(e)1 sin . 9

(1 2 sm . 9)

99 . Having given that a cos. 9 b sin . 9 c,and

a. c

cos . a cos.

,8

100. Solve the equationsin . 2m sin . 300 V2 sin . (w

Prove the following relations

Va? 235

,prove that 9 a i ,8 .

cot .

‘ lcot .

” l 3 cot .

—l

102. cot .

“ l 3 cosec .

103. sin .

“ l

g sin .

tan .

1 77

105. cot ." l

2 V3 3

106. tan .

tan .

“ 1

5; tan .

"

107. tan .

tan

Page 261: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

248 APPENDIX.

108 . cot . cot . “

m0

_ —COS Q

2 a + b cos. w

110. Find x from the equationtan .

‘ l

(m 1) tan .

“ 1

(2 w) 2 tan .

“ 1V3w—w§ 2.

111. Having given log .

102 3 01030

,log .

,03 4 77121 ,

find log.

23.

112. Using the values of the logarithms given above,solve

the equations

109 . 2 tan .

4”

500 900 .

113. Solve also the equation

2

114 . Prove that (1 2 log.“7) a 1 .

115. Prove that if log . a,log .

”I) log .

,c are in arithnmtic

progression,With a common difference

unity,then mz

Where m log . a log . a

log . I) log. y log . b log. y

116. Show that log . , {log .,6’ log ,) c

'2 log .c afs

} 6 ,

D.—PART I . CAP . XVI .—XIX .

In any plane triangle prove the following relations

b?117. cot . B cot . A

ahcosec . C .

C C2 2118 . cos .

2cos . (A 2)

cos

120 . sm . 2A sin . 2B (tan . A tan . B tan . 0 tan

4 sin . A sin . B sin . 0 .

2

121.1 cos .

2 é l cos.

2I} 1 cos . 2 9 M

a 2 b 2 c 2 4 abc

c sin . C Z sin . A

ah cos . C ac cos . B be cos. A a

Page 263: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

250 APPENDIX.

132. In any plane triangle ABC ,if

cos. A , y-t —1 2 cos. B ,w y

prove that one of the values of bar: 31s 0 .

133. If the sines of the angles of a triangle are in the ratiosof 13 14 15

,prove t hat the cosines are in the ratios of

39 33 25 .

134 . The sides of a triangle are 2a3y 902,w? my y ,

cv?

y2

. Show that the angles opposite are in arithmetical pro

gression, the common difference being

1 35. If from any angle of an equilateral triangle any straightline be drawn , and from the other two angles perpendiculars

10 , g, be drawn to the straight line , prove that the area of the2

i

2

triangle isM .

V3.

136 . If the cosines of the angles A ,B

, C of a plane triangleare in arithmetical progression , show that s a

,s b

,s c

are in harmonical progression .

137. If D and E are the points of trisection of the side BCof a plane triangle ABC , prove that

9 cot . ADB cot . AB B 2 (cot .2 B cot .2 C) 5 cot . B cot . C .

138. If from the angular points of a plane triangle ABClines be drawn outwards , inclined at an angle of 300 to the sides

,

show that the vertices of the isosceles triangles so formed Willbe at equal distances from each other .

139 . If AD ,BE

, CF are the perpendiculars drawn from the

angular points of a plane triangle ABC upon the opposite sides ,prove that the area of the triangle DEF to that of ABC is as

2 cos . A . cos. B . cos . 0 to 1 .

140 . If a straight line of length 10 bisect the angle A of atriangle ABC , and divide the base into two parts of lengths mand n

,prove that 102 50 mm.

141. If AB C be a plane triangle, and another triangle be

Page 264: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCE LLANE OUS EXAMPLE S. 251

C Cconstructed having 0 , (a; b) sin .

_

2’ (a 19) cos . 2

for the re

spective lengths of its sides , show that one of its angles is a rightangle .

142. A h equilateral triangle is described having its angular

points on three given parallel straight lines , of Which the outerones are at distances a and b from the middle one .

Show that the side of the triangle

gv 3 (ot2

ab

143. In the triangle ABC,D is a point in BC such that BB

2 CD ; show that

144 . The sides of a triangle are in arithmetical progression ,and its area is four-fifths that of an equilateral triangle of thesame perimeter show that the sides

of the triangle are as

7 :'1O 13.

145. The sides of a plane triangle are in the proportion of a ,

146 . Standing on a horizontal plane,I observe that the ele

vation of a hill due north is a ,and after walking a yards due east ,

its elevation is,8 . Show that its height above the horizontal

plane isa sin . a Sin . [3

147. A t the top P of_

a tower of height h, the angles ofdepression of two objects in the horizontal plane upon Whichthe tower stands are 4 5° a and 4 5° a respective ly, P ,

A

and B being in the same vertical plane . Show that AB2h tan . 2a .

148 . A flag-stafi

'

standing in the centre of a circular pond,

whose radius is equal to the height of the staff,is observed to

subtend an angle of from the top of a column 20 feet high,Whose base is 12 feet from the edge of the pond . Show thatthe height of the staff is 68 feet . .

149 . Standing on an em inence a feet above the level of alake

,I observe the elevations of the top and bottom of a tower

Page 265: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

252 APPENDIX.

on a hill opposite (a , and the depression of the reflection of

the bottom of the tower in the water (ry) . 1

Show that the height of the tower is 2aCOS“ 7 sin .

150. The shadows of two vertical walls, which are at right

angles t o each other , and are a feet and a,’ feet in height respec

tively , are observed when the sun is due south to be 5 feet andb

’ feet in breadth ; show that if a be the sun'

s altitude , and ,8

the inclination of the first wall to the meridian ,

b’ 2 a h’

cot . a +2172

,cot .

,8a.

’ b

151. A fiag-stafi

of known height h feet stands on a hori

zontal plane . The angle of elevation of its top is observed atthree points

,0

,A

,B

,s ituated in a horizontal line through D

,

the foot of the flag- staff. If the increase in the angle of eleva

tion in passing from O to A is equal to the increase in passingfrom A to B

,and if OA a feet

,AB 5 feet

,and OD 90 feet

,

show that(a 5) (ac

2 h? ) a?

(2x a b) .

152. A man walking due north along a straight road observesthat at a certain milestone two distant objects bear NE . and

S .W.,and that at the next milestone the straight line drawn to

each obj ect makes an angle of 30° with the direction of the road .

Show that the distance to each obj ect is 6 miles .153. From a certain point on a level platform a. flag

-stafi'

has

the same bearing,S .W.

,and the sam e elevation

,as a lamp

post of height of 14 feet. From anothen point, due west of theformer point

,and due north of the lamp-post

,the elevation of

the lamp-post is tan .

‘ l 12 4 . Show that the height of the flag

staff is nearly 31 feet .154 . A man finds that he walks 40 feet in going straight

down the slope of the embankment of a railway which runs dueeast and west

,and when he has walked 20 feet along the foot

of the embankment he finds that he is exactly N .E . of the pointfrom which he started at the top of the bank . Show that theinclination of the bank to the horizon is

155. Three points,A

,B

,C,are situated in the same hori

Page 267: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

254 APPE NDIX.

double of the angle A . If BD be drawn perpendicular to AO,

and then DE be drawn perpendicular to BC , prove that

CE BE tan .

2 18° 1 .

163. The angles at the base of a triangle are 22° 30’

and

1 12° 30’respectively . Show that the area of the triangle is

equal to the square on half the base .

164 . In the ambiguous case for plane triangles,show that

the rectangle contained by the third sides of the two triangleswhich satisfy the given conditions is equal to the difference ofthe squares of the two given sides .

165. If in the ambiguous case the area of the larger triangleis double that of the smaller

,show that the tangent of one of the

angles at the base is three times that of the other .

E .

—PART I . CAP . XX .

166. A square and a regular hexagon are inscribed in the

same circle . Show that their areas are as 4 to 3.

167 A regular octagon has a side of 2 inches . Show thatthe radius of the inscribed circle is (V2 1) inches .

168 . Show that in any plane triangle

2 2 2 1

RT

.

A B Ob( ) racos

2a cos

2 2

(c) a cos . A 5 cos . B 0 cos . C 4 R sin . A sin .B sin C .

169 . In any plane triangle show that the sum of the pro~

ducts , taken two at a time,of the radii of the inscribed and

escribed circles is at be cd .

170 . Show that the radius of the circle which touches thesides AB ,

AO of the triangle ABC, and also touches the

inscribed circle (of radius p) , is

1 —sin

1 + sin

Page 268: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANE OUS EXAMPLE S. 255

171. A circle is inscribed in the triangle ABC ,and a , ,

8 , ry

are the angles subtended at the centre by the sides of the triangle . Prove that

4 sin . a sin .,8 s1n .

ry sin . A sin . B sin . C .

172. In any plane triangle show that

fr m n —'ra = 4R oos. A .

173. If three circles , of radii fr,

r”,touch one another ,

prove that their common tangents at the points of contact meetat a point , and that the distance of this point from each point

of contact

Whose vertices are at the centres of the three circles .174 . If the three bisectors of the angles of a triangie meet

in 0,show that the squares on CA

,Q B

,0 0 are respectively

proportional toa s b s

b o

175. Show that the sides of the triangle formed by the bisectorsB

of the exterior angles of a triangle are a cosec . —2b cosec .

c cosec .g, and that its area is equal to 2.3 .R .

176 . If the tangents at.

A,B

,C to the circumscribed circle

of a triangle ABC meet the opposite sides produced in the

points D,E

, F respectively , prove that the reciprocal of one ofthe distances AD

,BE

,CF is equal to the sum of the reciprocals

of the other two .

177. If 0 is the centre of the circle described round an acuteangled triangle , and AO is produced to meet B0 in D ,

show

R cos . A0 0 8 . (B C)

.

178 . If the inscribed circle of a triangle ABC touch the

sides 3 0,CA ,

AB in D,E

, F, prove that tan , ADB6

273

6

Where rl is the radius of that escribed circle Which touches

BC

Page 269: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

256 APPENDIX;

179 . Prove the follow ing expression for the area of a

triangle

gR 2{ sin .

3 A cos . (B C) sin.3 B cos. (0 A )3

sin .

3 0 cos . (A

180. The triangle ABC has a right angle at C ; E is the

point at Which the inscribed circle touches BC ,and F the point

at Which the circle drawn to touch AB and the sides AO,BC

produced meets CA . Show that if EF be joined,the triangle

FEC is half of the triangle ABC .

181. Show that the sum of the (n) perpendiculars from any

point within a regular polygon upon the sides is constant, andequal to

182. The radius of the circle inscribed in an isoscelestriangle is 16 inches

,and of the circle described about the

triangle 50 inches . Show that the ratio of the base to one ofthe equal sides is as 8 to 5 .

183. If the bisectors of the angles A,B

,C of the triangle

ABC meet the opposite sides in D,E

,F,prove that

4 (area of ABC) (area of DEF) AD BE CF

184 . Show that the sum of the squares of the distances ofthe angular points of an equilaterial triangle from any point onthe circumference of the inscribed circle is equaito five timesthe square on half the side of the triangle .

F .—PART I . MISCELLANEOUS .

185. If sin . A cos . B 3, show that see . 2A 1 sec. 213.

186. If tan . 0 tan . A tan . B,show that

tan . 20 { sec. (A B) sec . (A B )}sin . A sin . B .

187. If 2 cos . 9 w 1, show that 2 cos.

3 9 x3 i.

o w188. If sin . 8a: sin . 2m

,prove that one value of cos. 9:

sin .

Page 271: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

258 APPE NDIX.

G .

—PART II . MISCELLANEOUS .

201. Prove that in any spherical triangle ABC ,B

cos . b cos . (a c) 2 sin . a sin .

—2

.

202. If the sum of the sides of a spherical triangle isshow that the haversine of each angle is equal to the product ofthe cotangents of the two adjacent sides .

203. The equal sides,AB

,AO

,of an isosceles spherical

triangie are bisected in P , Q respectively . Prove thatBO PQ AB

s1n .

22 s1n .

2cos .

2

204 . If a bethe side of an equilateral spherical triangle , andof that of its polar triangle

,show that

cos . 5a cos . 2 a’ l

.

205. If A be the angle of an equilateral spherical triangle,

and A ' that of its polar triangle,show that

hav . A hav . A ' hav .

206. Any point P is taken Within a right—angled sphericaltriangle

,and perpendiculars PM

,PN are drawn to its sides CA

,

CB , Which contain the right angle . Show that,if CM = w,

CN =y, PN

= zc’

,PM =

y’

tan .

2 m tan .

2

y tan .

2 OP (i)

sin . w iii; 27

, (ii)

sin .

s1n . 3; cos Z, (111)

207. In a Spherical triangle,right-angled at 0

,show that

(i) If a b c tan . A cosec . b see . 6.

(ii) If‘

a b. + c cot. A .1. (see . b cos . b) .

208 . If D be the middle point of the base B C of a Sphericaltriangle ABC

,and AB

,AD

,AO be in arithmetical progression

,

show that AB is a quadrant .209 . A spherical triangle ABC is right-angled at C . H }?

be the perpendicular from 0 upon AB,prove that

sin .

2

10 sin .2 c sin .

2a sin .

2 b sin .

2o.

Page 272: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANE OUS EXAMPLE S. 259

210. In a spherical triangle ABC the arc AB is a quadrant,

and CD is drawn perpendicular to AB . Prove that

cot .2 CD cot . 2 A cot .2 B .

211. In any spherical triangle prove that

a b c Asin a—

2 2

212. Through the vertioal angle A of an isosceles sphericaltriangle there is drawn an arc of a great circle meeting the basein D . Show that

tan . 51mtan . 3CD tan . (BA AD) tan .5(BA AD) .

213. A triangle has two sides quadrants,and the difference

between the sum of its angles and that of the angles of its polartriangle is

'

a sixth oft he sum of all six angles . Show that theangles of the triangle are

214 . If the cosinel

of each of the equal sides of an isosceles

spherical triangle 1 —s and the base a quadrant,show that the

75angles of the triangle are

215. Show that the cosine of the angle between the chordsof the two sides 6

,c of a spherical triangle is equal to

b c b cs1n . cos . cos . A .

2 2 2 2

216. If a, B, y be the angles made with the sides BC , CA ,

AB of a Spherical triangle by the connectors of their m iddlepoints with A ,

B,C respectively

,then

tan . a

0

2

c2

Page 273: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

260 AP PE NDIX.

217. The diagonals,AO

,BD

,of a spherical quadrilateral

ABOD meet at right angles in 0 . If a, B,

ry, 8 are the arcs of

great circles drawn from O perpendicular to the sides of ABCD,

taken in order,prove that

cot .2 a cot .2 «y cot .2 B cot . 2 8.

218 . The square ABCD is inscribed in a sphere whosecentre is 0 . If each side of the square is a

,and the diameter

of the sphere is d,prove that the cosine of the acute angle

between the planes OAB and OBO is602

da “2°

219 . If in the spherical triangle ABC the arc which bisectsthe angle A meet the Opposite side in D

,and E be the middle

point of that side,show that

a

2

220. A pyramid stands on an irregular polygonal base . Ifone face be an equilateral triangle

,inclined at an angle of 4 5°

to this base , show that the inclination of the next face, which is

a right—angled isosceles triangle , is221. If a , b, c, d be the sides of a spherical quadrilateral ,

taken in order , 8, 8’ the diagonals

,and 4) the arc j oining the

middle points of the diagonal s, show thatI

4 cos . cos . (1) cos. a cos . b cos . c cos . d.

222. Prove that in a spherical triangle

tan . DE tan . 5(b c) tan . tan . (b

tan . 5 cos . A tan . a cos . B1 cos . A cos . B tan . a tan . b

.

223. A spherical triangle ABC has all its angles rightangles

,and DEF is a great circle which meets BC in D , CA

in E,and AB produced in F . Prove that

8 cos . DE cos . EF cos . FD sin . 2BD sin . 2CE sin . 2AF .

224.The circumference of a great circle is trisected inA

,B

,C,and three equal small circles are described having

A,B

,o C for their poles . Show that they will intersect one

another if the area of each small circle is greater than three :

fourths of the area of agreat circle .

Page 275: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

262 APPENDIX .

244 . In a plane triangle the sum of two sides is 160 feet,their difference is 35 feet , and the difference between the anglesOpposite these sides is Solve the triangle .

In the following triangles find the area

245. a 1015 feet , I) 1675 feet , 0 79°

246. b 65 3 feet , 0 894 feet , 0 88° 30’

247. a 77 feet, 5 75 feet , 0 68 feet .

248. In the triangle ABC ,a 24 1 yards , 5 169 yards

,

0 104° 3’ 4 5” find the side of a square which has the

same area.

249 . Show that the area of a plane triangle , of which thesides are 982 9 yards , yards

,and 1 152 5 yards , is very

nearly an acre .

250. Express in acres and decimals of an acre the area of atriangular field whose sides are respectively 316 , 558 , and 726yards .

251. In a plane trlangle ABG,AB 37, B 0 4 5

,AO 74 ;

find the length of the straight line drawn from. C to the middle

point of AB .

252. A quadrilateral figure ABPQ has one side,AB

,300

yards . The angle QAB 58° PA Q AB Q 53°

and BBQ 4 5° 15' Calculate the side PQ .

253. From a station , A ,an object , O , bore S E . by S .

,but

after the observer had walked yards S .W. the object bore

E . by S . Find AO .

254 . The angle of elevation of a tower 100 feet high from a

place N .N .W. of it is and from another place E . by S . of itis find the bearing of the second place from the first .

255. What angle will a flag-stafi

'

18 feet high,on the top

of a tower 200 feet high,subtend to an observer on the same

level with the foot of the tower,and 100 yards distant from it ?

256. A quadrilateral has its sides AB,BC

,CD

,DA and its

diagonal BD,respectively equal to 25

,39

,52

,60

,and 65 inches

Show that the angles at A and O are right angles , and find the

other two angles of the quadrilateral .257. The angle of elevation of the top of a hillock

being2° 33' a man proceeds to walk up it (by a direct course) ,

Page 276: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCELLANEOUS E XAMPLE S. 263

the angle of elevation of his path for 100 yards being and

afterwards Find the vertical height of the hillock .

258 . A flag-stafi

'

,27 feet in height , standing on the edge of

a cliff,subtends an angle of 0° 40’

at a ship at sea,the angle of

elevation of the cliff being Find the distance of the clifffrom the ship (the point of observation being considered to bein the same horizontal plane with the foot of the cliff) .

259. Two objects , A and B, lie in the same straight line

and the same horizontal plane with the base , D,of a tower CD

,

whose height is 98 feet . If the angles AOB ,ABC are observed

to be 7° 21' and 8° 12’ respectively,find the distance AR .

260. A t a station due south of a circular fort aman observesthe horizontal angle subtended by the fort to be 2

° 1 1 ’

H e then walks E .N .E . to a station a quarter of a mile distant,

and finds the angle subtended to be the same as before . Findthe diameter and distance of the fort .

261. A fiag-staff which leans over to the east is found to

cast shadows of 198 feet and 202 feet,when the sun is due

east and due west respectively,and his altitude is Find the

length of the flag—stafi'

and its inclination to the vertical .262. A t two points in a straight sea-wall

,4 40 yards apart ,

the lines drawn to a ship are found to be inclined respectivelyat angles 60° and 66° to the direction of the wall . Find thedistance of' the ship from the nearest point of the wall . (N .B .

The stations lie on opposite sides of the ship .)263. The elevations of a tower from two points in the same

straight line with its foot, at a distance of 4 1 yards from one

another,are 58° 23

' 30”and 27° 26' Find the height of

the tower .264 . A privateer is lying 10 miles W .S .W. of a harbour

,

when a merchantman leaves it steering SE . 8 miles an hour .If the privateer overtakes the merchantman in 2 hours

,find hex

course and rate of sailing .

265. A t the point C is a light—ship . The directions CA,CB

are known to include an angle of 30° and A bears NE . by

E . from C . The distance CA being 3 miles , a steamer is seento start from A at a speed of 9 knots . In what direction mustshe steer so that in 40 minutes she may appear to the light-shipin the line CB

Page 277: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

64 APPENDIX .

266 . The legs of a pair of compasses are 105 inches and

6 inches respectively . A t what angle must they be placed to

mark off a distance of 12 5 inches

267. A h observer, situated due south of a landmark A,

notices that the bearing of another landmark , B ,is N . 15° 22

’W .

H e then walks one statute m ile N . 4 5°W.

,and finds that B is

due east while A bears S . 84° 15' E . Find the distance AR .

268 . A man walking along a road which runs N .E . observes

that a distant obj ect bears N . 60° E . After walkingyards further the object bears N 80° E . Find the distance ofthe obj ect from the first point of observation , and its shortest

distance from the road .

269 . From.the junction of two lines of railway two trains

start together at different speeds . The angle between the

directions of the lines is and the trains reach their re

spective destinations , which are 70 miles apart,in 1h 30m . If

the speed of one train be 20 m iles an

hour,find the speed of

the other.270. At 4h gomP .M . on a certain day a vessel sailing S . by

W. at a uniform rate of 75 knots passed another vessel sailing

E . by 9 knots . Assuming the courses and rates to havebeen uniform

,find the bearing and distance of one ship from the

other at the preceding noon .

271. A column stands at the top of a hill whose inclinationis and at two stations 40 feet apart on the slope of the hill

,

and in a direct line with the foot of the column,the angles of

elevation (above the horizon) of the top of the column are 4 0°

and Find its height .272. A man standing at a certain point in a straight road

observes that the straight lines drawn from that point to twolandmarks on the same side of the road are each inclined at an

angle of 4 5° to the direction of the road . H e walks to a point250 yards further along the road

,and there finds that the former

angles of inclination are changed to 25° and 65° respectively .

Find the distance between the landmarks .hill rises from a horizontal plain: On the hill is a

tower . From a point C in the plain the angles of elevation ofthe top , A ,

and the bottom,B

,of the tower are respectively

Page 279: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

266 APPENDIX.

6 62° 86'

a = l 00° 10' A 8 1°

a 1070 b 94 0 12' o 9 1° 14 ' 30

b 700 14 a c 38° 4 6' A 4 8° 56 ’

b 58° c 4 9° A 71° 18 ’ find a .

In the following spherical triangles find the other angles

287. a 65° b 50° O 4 5

288 . a 17 58° C 30”

289 . a 117° b 57° C290. a 4 5° b 750 4 0 800 .

l

291. In the spherical triangle ABC ,given A

B 4 9° a 1 15° find I) .

292. Having given 5 64° 30' c 95° 7’ 4 5

C 100° find a .

293. Having given A 126° B 4 8° a. 1 15°

solve the triangle .

294 . Having given a 101° A 98° 13’ B85° find 29 .

295. Having given a 52° 13’

,b 70° A 4 6°

find B .

296. Having given A B c find 0 .

297. Having given A B 0 find 0 .

298. Having given A 1 12° B 73° c 24 °

find a,b,C .

299 . Having given B 62° 20' C 60° 13’ 4 5

a. 150° 10’find A .

300. Having given A 130° B 121° 0

108° 4 1’

find 0 .

301. Having given A B 0 find a,b.

302. Having given A B 54° c 22° 30’

find C .

303. Having given A 105° 15’ B 65° C

85° find the sides .304 . Having given A . 121° 36 ’ B 15

C 34° find the sides .

Page 280: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

MISCE LLANE OUS EXAMPLE S . 267

305. Having given A 94° B 33' 0

14 4° 9 ’ find a .

306. Find the side of a spherical triangle each angle of whichis 70° 4 6’

Solve the following right-angled spherical triangles

307. C a 4 9° 17' b 95°

308 . C 0. 72° c309 . C a 54° 4 1 ’ B 101°

310. C (1 18° 25 ’ b 72° 15' 30”

311. C a 24° c 14 5° 30'

312. C 0. 132° 39 ’ B 78°

313. A a 98° 14 ' b 54° 4 1' 45

314 . C a, 57° b 96° 24 ’

315. C a 22° A316. C a 38° 4 7’ A 4 2° 50' 4 5

317. C 0. 37° 25’ B 40° 4 ’ 15"

318 . A QO°,B 101° C 4 8° 27’ 15”

319 . c A 131° B 120°

320 . a. A B 74 ° 36 ’ 30"

321. a A B322. a. A 5

323. a, B 79° 54 ' C 97° 56' 45

324 . a, 5 78° 14 ' c 50° 10’

325. In the spherical triangle ABC,a 5 and

c is one half the side of an equilateral triangle in which eachangle is 7 Find A , B and C .

Page 281: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose
Page 283: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

270 ANSWERS TO APPENDIX .

100. 2x mr :1: 111 . 15 8496 .

112. 4 48289 nearly ; 24 43 nearly . 113. 1 062 nearly.

687. 228 . 70 895 .

4 14 11 . 231 . 0 0016736.

8 345 nearly . 233. 3 684 .

B 35°59 ’ C 97

°40’

c 43 84 .

B 39°32’ O 33

°2’ b

C 42°

b 187, c 160 .

B 59°6

’or 120

°O 79

°44 ’

or 17°

c or 26 2.

B 38°

O 62° a 360 3.

B C 70031’ 45”

a 2633.

A 36° B 26 54 ’

c 1 396 .

A 52° B 79

°25

'

243. 93°30

’45

A ngles 26° 16° 136°

Sides 975 ,62 5

,149 1 .

83596 square feet. 246. 2049 5 square feet.2310 square feet . 248 . 1405 yards .

acres. 251 . 58 3 8 .

206 yards nearly . 253. 14 11 yards.

S . 4 2°29 ’ E . 255 . 2

°18 ’

B = 120°30

'D = 59

°29

30 feet nearly. 258 . 2159 2 feet.3279 feet .

Diameter 22 yards ; distance 575 yards.

24 6 feet ; inclination to vertical 4°4303 yards. 263. yards.

S . 700E . 10 9 knots. 265 . S . 78

°48 ’ E .

94°

267. 364 yards nearly .

yards ; 6516 yards. 269 . 364 3 miles per hour.S . 64

°48

’ W . 50 miles nearly.

114 2 feet. 272 . 731‘

yards.

154 5 feet. 274 . 4 33 miles or 13 21 miles.1000 feet . 276 . 394 feet.

43°9 ’

278 . S . 44°38 ’ E .

K .

A B 100°59' o

A 115°58 ’ 44

°22' o 57

°

A 51°31' B 52

°o 113

°33'

c 62°

283. a 87°10' 15

c 89°56’ 15 285 . a 49

°24 ' 15

a 56°

287. A 53°243 13

Page 284: Plane and Spherical Trigonometry - forgottenbooks.com · P R E F AC E. TH E following pages have been compiled chiefly for the use of the junior officers of E. M. Fleet, in whose

ANSWE RS TO APPENDIX. 27}

A 59°2' B 74

°53

, 45

A 116°23

' B 53°39

'30

A 47°16 ’ B 86

°32

'

5 55°53

' 292. a 79°

5 57°

c 82°26’ o 61

°4 1/ 30

5 80°

or 99028 ’

4 5

B 59°29’

or 120°

296 . C 38°53

’ 15

C 61°54 ’ 15

a 107°42’ 6 5 99

°19

’ O 23°51 ’ 30

A 153° 300 . C 123

°

a 104°5’ b 61

°55’

O 25°

a 104°39' 5 65

°51' c 91 49

'

15

a 76°

5 50°11

c 40°

(1 77°13' 30 306 . 60

°34 ' 30

5 93°39 / B 94

°15

'A 49

°25

'45

A 72°29

' B 94°7 ,5 94

°

A 55°

5 104°21' c 98

°14

'30

A 19° B 84

°13' c 73

°11/ 45

"

A 46°28 ’ 5 154

°40' B 130

°

A 131°32' 5 74

°5 ’

c 100°

B 55°

c 101°4 8’

C : 104021"

A 57°2 B 95

°23' 30

,c 93

°27' 30

5 45° 50'

4 5”or 134

° B 69°37

’or 110

°c 49

°56

’30

or 130°3' 30

5 60°3' 15”

or 119°56

’ B 70°9 / 15

”or 109

°50

c 67°6 ’

or 112°

5 27°4 / c A 59

°15' 15

a 1000

5 105°54 ' c 47

°20' 30

a 127°18 ’ 5 113

°50

,o 109

°

5 73°14 ' 5 50

°10

' o 49°8’ 15

5 78°45 c 131

°9 ' o 132

°8 ’ 15'

c 54° B 98

°35

'

o 54°19 ' 30”

0 97°49' A 88

°36

’ 45"

A B 74°36 ’ o 49

°

A B .= 0 c

Spottiswoode do Co. Ltd P rmters, New-street Square, London.